Home

DINK32 Reference Manual

1. HHEH HEFHEHEH EEEH HHEH 13 2 Metaware Build April 30 2003 Built on Apr 30 2003 11 28 00 Freescale Semiconductor s RISC Applications Group Sandpoint X3 with Valis MPC7455 128MB at 3 1 1 1 Copyright 1993 2005 by Freescale Semiconductor Inc 1993 Austin TX Note that the actual banner varies depending on the platform processor speed and other selections made DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 5 DINK32 Commands 3 5 Assemble Command assemble Abbreviation as Syntax as addr addr2 Builds All except MDINK Boards All Processors All The as command assembles user supplied source code and stores the opcodes at the supplied addresses The assembler for the DINK32 system will disassemble the contents of memory at the current location and wait for user instructions A single line of source may be supplied and assembled into a valid opcode with the results stored at that memory location A location can be left unmodified by typing lt return gt to pass over 1t Branch labels are recognized by the assembler as a word followed by a colon at the address currently being displayed by the assembler The assembler tracks the current branch labels and automatically calculates the address to be entered into future instructions The symtab st instruction is available for man
2. CTR 9 Counter Register DEC 22 Decrementer SRRO 26 Status Save Restore Register 0 SRR1 27 Status Save Restore Register 1 PIDO 48 Processor 0 ID Register DECAR 54 Decrementer Auto Reload CSRRO 58 Critical Status Save Restore Register 0 CSRR1 59 Critical Status Save Restore Register 1 DEAR 61 Data Exception Address Register ESR 62 Exception Syndrome Register IVPR 63 Interrupt Vector Prefix Register USPRGO 256 User General Purpose SPR 0 USPRG3 259 User General Purpose SPR 3 USPRG4 260 User General Purpose SPR 4 USPRG5 261 User General Purpose SPR 5 USPRG6 262 User General Purpose SPR 6 USPRG7 263 User General Purpose SPR 7 more 3 73 SYMTAB Command symtab Abbreviation st Syntax st c d label Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The symtab command displays DINK32 symbol table information Some symbols are built in created by DINK Others are collected by the assembler during code entry These symbols may be used as the address symbol of the branch instruction while entering assembly code Arguments C Delete all user defined symbols dname Delete the named symbol DINK labels cannot be deleted If no arguments are present the symbol table is printed Examples DINK32 MPC603e gt gt as 160000 0x00160000 0x60000000 nop bEL xor rl 62 63 0x00160000 0x60000000 BRANCH LABEL bri 0x00160000 0x60000000 nop xor r3 1r4 r5 0x00160004 0x60000000 br2 xor r1
3. DINK32 PC750 gt gt sb k 115200 DINK32 PC750 gt gt dl k b o 100000 Binary protocol Offset Oxffc00000 147387 bytes transferred DINK32 MPC750 gt gt fu 1 100000 fff00000 7ff00 Information on S Records can be found in this reference manual DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 26 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 22 DownloadFlash Command downloadflash Abbreviation dif Syntax dif e o offset Excimer Maximer Builds All Boards All Processors All The download command captures data from S record files and programs the data directly to flash This is intended for the Excimer platform which has minimal SRAM NOTE To cancel a download at the terminal type in S9 and ENTER return to terminate the S record downloads For binary downloads wait for the timeout Arguments e Forces all of flash memory to be erased before the load oaddr Specifies the offset address default is Oxfff00000 The default download baud rate is 9600 To speed up the download rate the baud rate may be changed see Section 3 67 SETBAUD Examples Use the following example when upgrading DINK on Excimer with an S record from our Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 website MDINK32_603e gt gt dl fl o c00000 Offset Oxffc00000 Writing new data to flash Line 50 The complete sequence for upgrading DINK on Excimer would be MDINK32_603e gt gt f
4. H 2 Freescale Semiconductor Converting Dink32 to Little Endian stwbrx r10 r8 r3 byte swap stwbrx r11 r0 r3 byte swap original big endian code which is now replaced stwx r5 0 r3 store word into dram lwzx r7 0 r3 load word from dram cmp 0 0 r7 r5 check to see if dram got written bne error _dram_init ir addi r4 r4 8 go to next double word of eprom and dram addi 1138 addic r6 r6 8 decrement word from 256k block set cr0 on this one for branching bgt lpl if count gt 0 then loop NOTE The memory which is local to the processor always has big endian ordered data in its physical memory locations just as the values in the onboard registers and onboard caches are still in big endian order The byte lane swap is accomplished at the PCI interface H 3 2 1 Little Endian Swap Instruction Sequence The peripheral logic is switched to little endian first before the processor in reset1 s that is the specific programming of the bridge chip to be in little endian mode There is a period when the processor and the peripheral logic will not be in the same endian mode This period should be minimized because the addresses that the user thinks they are executing from may not actually be correct This is not intuitive In the V7 0 code this is not a problem and is not dealt with because the instructions that are being accessed when the peripheral logic has been switched to little endian and the process
5. Address of code for idling CPU to execute Pre defined task which reads 16MB starting at 0x0000_0000 wsweep Pre defined task which writes 16MB starting at 0x0100_0000 Pre defined task which blinks the MVP LEDs Halts pre defined task or any user task which monitors the global variable halt_sema 0 2 gt gt bg blink task 0x0007E440 3 gt gt bg is task 0x0007E440 0 14 gt gt bg halt 5 gt gt bg C 3 7 Benchmark Command benchmark Abbreviation bm Syntax bn address Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The benchmark command will display how many timebase ticks it takes to execute the user code at address This command will take multiple passes at the benchmark with different processor DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 8 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands configurations It will report the timebase ticks on each configuration If the timebase register is reported to be Ox00000000 00000000 check to see if it is followed by a If it is then this means that the benchmark actually took less time than it took to measure how long it took to get to the beginning of the benchmark which is used as a base run and subtracted out of the full run before being displayed on screen The result of the benchmark can be converted to seconds by the following formula These results are time base clicks which fo
6. CoreExtIntDisable disables external interrupts by clearing the MSR EE bit e Low level exception handler epic_exception Save the current interrupted programming model state Calls epicISRO to service the interrupt Restore the programming model state and RFI back to interrupted process DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 44 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers E 4 5 2 High Level Routines The following routines are in the epicl c source file E 4 5 2 1 PIC Initialization Routines epicInit initialize the PIC Unit by e Setting the reset bit in the global configuration register which does the following Disables all interrupts Clears all pending and in service interrupts Sets PIC timers to base count Sets the value of the processor current task priority to the highest priority OxF thus disabling interrupt delivery to the processor Resets spurious vector to OxFF Defaults to pass through mode Sets the PIC operation mode to default mixed or serial mode versus pass through or 8259 compatible mode depending on Sandpoint board version If IRQType input is Direct IRQs IRQType is written to the SIE bit of the PIC interrupt configuration register ICR clkRatio is ignored If IRQType is Serial IRQs both IRQType and clkRatio will be written to the ICR register epicCurTaskPrioSet Change the current task priority value epicIntISRConnect Registe
7. Press enter Select disconnect icon Select properties icon Press configure button Change bits per second baud rate to 57600 Press okay button Select connect button Press enter 6 Type fl dsi only required on MDINK32 V10 6 7 Type dl fl o ffc00000 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor C 3 Building and Extending DINK 8 Select pull down menu transfer use option end text file and select the dink32 src file from the list of files NOTE Do not use the option send file MDINK232 is not supplied as elf or sfiles on this site However all the code some code is purposefully removed and the object files are substituted is available to build MDINK32 Loading MDINK32 requires unprotecting sector 15 on the Excimer and Maximer and using some type of emulator to download the code Selected DINK32 code is available at this site Some files are not released in source form and starting with this release R12 3 no objects are supplied so that DINK32 can not be built All the source including the removed code is available from the Freescale Semiconductor confidential site and can be obtained from your Freescale Semiconductor salesperson C 5 Extending DINK DINK uses a shell processor to collect various command arguments and pass them to the command function in addition to managing help To extend DINK functions by adding new co
8. Examples DINK32 MPC7455 8 gt gt op DINK Global Options SPR 0000 DO 0x00000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 RARA REA REA E E A A nn o cie E SHELLX Show shell expansions O AE GOMSG Show debug messages for go tr 3 NOAGENT Disable PrPMC Agent Enable gl E NOPMAP Disable PCI Mapping Fies MINIM Minimal Initialization New value 2 DINK32 MPC7455 5 gt gt env DO 2 3 55 PCI Command PCI info Abbreviation pci Syntax pci Builds All Boards All Processors All This command can be used to show all PCI status Arguments None DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 69 DINK32 Commands Examples DINK32 MPC7455 8 gt gt pci PCI Bus 0 Speed 66 MHz MV64460 Mode 66 MHz PCI X Protocol PCI X Width 64 bits Force PCI 33 Off Slot 1 Occupied Slot 2 Empty 3 56 PCI Config List Command pciconfig Abbreviation pcf Syntax pcf a n fno dev_num Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The pciconf command displays the common PCI configuration registers and 16 additional device specific registers of a PCI device Arguments a Show all registers not just the 0x00 0x3F range n fno Show configuration space for function number fno on a multifunction device default is O dev_numPCI device to access O or 10 31 Examples
9. or the constructs The rest of the line is ignored following a comment specifier Arguments addr Address to begin assembly addr2 Address to stop assembly NOTE as continues to assemble even if is not specified enter ESC or x to stop assembly DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 6 Freescale Semiconductor A DINK32 Commands Examples DINK32 MPC7455 1 gt gt as 100000 00100000 FFFFFFFF fnmadd P31 EST Et 3l rotlw r4 r6 r8 00100004 FFFFFFFF fnmadd PSL rt31y 31 31 1fd 0 1000 r1 00100008 FFFFFFFF fnmadd f31 31 31 f31 rlwnm 0 13 23 1 0xa 0010000C BFFFFFFF stmw r31 1 131 loop 0010000C BFFFFFFF loop stmw r31 1 r31 ori r26 r2 0xfff 00100010 FFFFFFFF fnmadd FSi ESI 34 EST lfd 0 3000 r1 00100014 FFFFFFFF fnmadd P31 31 31 31 cmpw cr3 r26 r0 00100018 FFFFFFFF fnmadd EL ES L3 dip EST bne loop 0010001C FFFFFFFF fnmadd EST EST 317 31 x DINK32 MPC7455 2 gt gt as 110000 00110000 FFFFFFFF fnmadd P31 31 31 31 word 12345678 00110004 FFFFBFFF fnmadd P31 31 31 23 word 0x34 00110008 FFFFFFFF fnmadd P31 31 31 31 long Oxabcde08 0011000C BFFFFFFF stmw r31 1 131 loop1 subf 1 2 3 00110010 FFFFFFFF fnmadd ES B31 31 31 bnelr 00110014 FFFFFFFF fnmadd ES ES Le fI b loopl 00110018 FFFFFEFF Fnmadd EST EST 27 31 x DINK32 MPC7455 7 gt gt st Current
10. DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 H 4 Freescale Semiconductor These ar th board le rhes INPUTOUTPUT vel stuff th ar a ASMDSM XCEPTIONS sm o dsm o reset o Converting Dink32 to Little Endian modules which have to do with the input output to the duart o board o modules which have to do with DINK s assembler disassembler hese are for the exceptions in the DINK32 system XC These are for the Go and Trace routines very important for the Go Tr operations pt21 o resetl o exceptl o Pleas that the EXC not EPTIONS are GOTRACE go_trl o go_tr2 o reg_swap o These are the modules which have to do with DINK s help and breakpoints MISC help o brk_pts o sublib o These are the modules which have to do with the main loop and initialization of DINK32 DINKMAIN main o print o DINKASM EXCEPTIONS GOTRACE DINKWORKERS REGISTERS MEMORY DOWNLOAD ASMDSM MISC DINKINTERFACE PARSER ERRORS INPUTOUTPUT DINKOBJECTS S DINKASM DINKMAIN S DINKWORKERS DINKINTERFACE DCOMPOBJECTS dc_tb_unix o dc_unix o dink32 DINKOBJECTS LINK DINKOBJECTS LIBS o dink32 src clean S DEL f o 1st map dink32 src dcomp zz S 0 PREP i S AS s reset o INC_ALL INC_
11. G4 PPC7455 32K 256K 2048K 128 8 IBAT 8 DBAT extendable Yes Yes Yes Classic No 0 0 DINK32 MPC7455 5 gt gt ci 0x80200000 Processor Name Processor Class Exception handler L1I D Cache Size L2 Cache Size TLBs BATS Floating Point AltiVec PCI Embedded RapidIO Ports Ethernet Ports MPC8540 Draco G5 PPCDRACO 32K 256K 64 O IBAT 0 DBAT extendable No No Yes Book E Yes 1 3 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 13 CRC Command crc Abbreviation crc Syntax crc d dev 1 addr1 addr2 Builds All Boards Excimer MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Processors All The crc command calculates the 16 bit cyclic redundancy code CRC of the specified memory range using the CCITT 16 algorithm All memory between the specified addresses is accessed using byte accesses and the resulting CRC is displayed Arguments d dev The name of the device to use instead of system memory See the devdisp command for more details l Loop the block of memory is repeatedly checked and the results displayed This may be useful for monitoring a block of memory which may be modified as the CRC value will change if any bits in the specified range of memory are altered addr1 The starting address to use addr2 The ending address Examples DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt cre 1000 2000 CRC 00
12. None Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt tm telnet 128 0 0 1 lt control a gt DINK32 MPC750 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 90 Freescale Semiconductor 3 78 Trace Command trace Abbreviation tr Syntax tr address Builds All Boards Excimer Maximer MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Processors All DINK32 Commands The trace command allows the user to single step through a user program The processor will execute a single instruction and then return control back to DINK32 At that point the user can examine and or modify the processor context registers SPRs memory etc and possibly continue executing additional instructions After tr has been executed it is often useful to simply enter to repeat the trace command and step through code Arguments then the address of the instruction to execute is derived from bits 0 29 of the SRRO Machine Status Save Restore register address Trace one instruction from the supplied address Example DINK32 PC8240 gt gt ds 2100 0x00002100 0x7c0802a6 mfspr r00 s0008 DINK32 PC8240 gt gt trace 2100 0x00002104 stw r13 Oxfff8 r01 DINK32 PC8240 gt gt trace 0x00002108 add r03 r00 r01 DINK32 PC8240 0x0000210c mfspr DINK32 PC8240 gt gt r04 s0274 gt gt CE 7 rd x3 0x00002108 add r03 r00 r01 R03 0x00000001 DINK32 PC8240 0x000021
13. and special purpose registers Assembly and disassembly of PowerPC instructions for modification and display of code Modification display and movement of system memory A simplified breakpoint command that allows setting display and removal of breakpoints Single step trace and continued execution from a specified address Automatic decompression of compressed s record files while downloading Extensive online help Ability to execute user assembled and or downloaded software in a controlled environment Logging function for generating a transcript of a debugging session Register set includes all of the implementation specific registers Modification of memory at byte half word word and double word lengths Extensive support for the MPC60x MPC74x MPC75x and MPC74x0 simplified or extended mnemonics during assembly and disassembly of PowerPC instructions Ability to input immediate values to the assembler as binary decimal or hexadecimal Command line download functionality that allows the user to select the download port and then send the data An assembler and disassembler that understands branch labels and the ability to see and clear the branch table that DINK32 is using while assembling and disassembling PowerPC instructions Ability to read and write MPC106 configuration registers not supported on Excimer and Maximer Support for PCI with new pci commands not supported in minimal builds i e Excimer and Maximer S
14. 1 Initialize the current disk or disk A if not specified Initialization refers only to preparation to use the disk the disk is not altered q Report information on the disk dn Select drive 0 1 2 3 X Toggle fast block access default is off Faster if multiple blocks are read written at once but some disks are less reliable tLBA Do aread write test of the indicated logical block address r LBA Read 1MB from the indicated LBA to memory starting at 0x10_0000 w LBA Write IMB to the indicated LBA from memory starting at 0x10_0000 aaddr Specify a different address for r or w rather than 0x10_0000 l len Specify a different length for r or w rather than 1MB Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt di i A 6400 MB Maxtor 12345 D no drive detected C no drive detected D no drive detected 3 19 DISPTEMP Command disptemp Abbreviation dt Syntax dt Builds DINK Boards HPC II Taiga Processors MPC7447A MPC7448 This command will display the temperature read by the thermal monitor in degrees Celsius Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt dt Register values hex 0x01 30 0x10 00 Local Temperatur degrees C 29 Remote Temperatur degrees C 48 00 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 24 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 20 Do Command do Abbreviation do Syntax dl k loop_count command c
15. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Similarly most commands use gme c drivers for memory and IO access allowing VDINK to emulate them eDINK may also ENV is now case insensitive VERBOSE and verbose are equivalent RESET_BASE is no longer needed the reset base is detected via a blr next sequence and is globally saved More information is made available for Linux via the DINK TRANSFER table IDE track level drivers are added A tiny filesystem is also provided allowing booting from disk however this filesystem is not compatible with anything More flexible boot options including disk and network booting MPC8245 based systems set the secondary flash to 8 bit mode and the flash algorithms detect and use this MPC8240 is still 64 bit though Upon startup the PCI bus is enumerated and enabled Flash programming for MVP and PMCs updated with blank check skips overwrite skips etc Support for MVP X3 including background tasks easier memory optimization Register display rd can display FPRs and VPRs using various floating point and or byte word long sizes The RTC clock setting syntax is free form and works from the command line instead of prompting A final assembly test physical assembly of the Sandpoint board initialization command was added More memory optimization commands and data were added Virtual DINK has a simulator a
16. Builds VDINK Boards None Processors All The command escapes the VDINK environment and runs the indicated command When done VDINK resumes execution Arguments args Command to execute Examples VDINK32 MPC750 virtual_dink_io c VDINK32 MPC750 gt gt 1 Ls gt gt y virtual _dink_s c virtual_dink_sim c DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 97 DINK32 Commands DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 98 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix A History of DINK32 Changes A 1 Version 13 3 November 06 2006 1 New platforms and parts supported Added support for HPCN MPC8544DS Arcadia and CDS platforms Added support for MPC8641D MPC854x MPC855x including MPC8548 processors 2 New features Caches state change for DINK32 is now possible through the ca x option Cache state can be set from environment variables Cache invalidate command has been added Added temperature control code for Taiga On DINK internal errors DINK now prints out GPR and other registers and a stack dump It then halts and prompts for options User exceptions are not be affected Parameters used for networking such as IP addresses are saved to environment variables For CDS boards active network presence on the TSEC ports is detected and correct port is automatically selected for networking Malloc and free now supported and accessible to user programs Download addr
17. DINK32 MPC755 gt gt ppr devNo PCI ADR DEVICE ID VENDOR ID 11 0x80005800 0x0565 Ox10ad DINK32 MPC755 gt gt pef 11 ADDR VALUE DESCRIPTION 0x00 0x10ad Vendor ID 0x02 0x0565 Device ID 0x04 0x0007 PCI command 0x06 0x0200 PCT status 0x08 0x04 Revision ID 0x09 0x00 Standard Programming Interface Ox0a 0x01 Subclass code 0x0b 0x06 Class code 0x0c 0x00 Cache line size 0x0d 0x00 Latency timer 0x0e 0x80 Header type DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 70 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Ox0f 0x00 BIST control 0x10 0x00000000 Base Address Register 0 0x14 0x00000000 Base Address Register 1 0x18 0x00000000 Base Address Register 2 Oxlc 0x00000000 Base Address Register 3 0x20 0x00000000 Base Address Register 4 0x24 0x00000000 Base Address Register 5 0x28 0x00000000 Cardbus CIS Pointer 0x2c 0x0000 Subsystem Vendor ID 0x2e 0x0000 Subsystem ID 0x30 0x00000000 Expansion ROM Base Address 0x3c 0x00 Interrupt line 0x3d 0x00 Interrupt pin Ox3e 0x00 MIN_GNT 3 57 PCI Display Command pcidisp Abbreviation pd Syntax pd bhw f fno dev_num reg_addr Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The pcidisp command causes the contents of the specified PCI device register to be displayed The PCI devices accessible are 0 and 10 to 31 Arguments b Display and modify NB registers as a byte h Display and modify NB registers as a halfword
18. Otherwise if not an editing or VT102 sequence DINK stores the characters into a buffer until a newline character is seen OxOA generally ENTER on the keyboard Once a line is complete the DINK shell looks for the presence of a semicolon indicating that more than one command is present If found DINK separates the line into one or more commands and executes them separately For example the command rd r md 1000 will display the register file and memory starting at location 0x1000 For each command portion DINK examines the line and alters it according to these rules The character followed by an existing environment variable name is replaced with the value of the environment variable For example assuming env RX r3 r7 r15 13 1 has been defined rd RX will show the indicated registers The characters R followed by a number from 0 to 31 are replaced with the contents of the indicated GPR For example md R1 shows memory at the current stack pointer The quote characters prevent DINK from examining altering the value between the starting quote and the ending quote For example env RD R1 sets the variable RD to R1 literally Once the command has been edited as stated previously it is passed to the various programs for further interpretation Entering help shows a list of commands and help plus the command name such as he rd shows details on co
19. This document consists of these parts e An application program interface API which provides a very simple generic application level programmatic interface to the I2C driver library that hides all details of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the I2C interface that is the control register status register embedded utilities memory block etc e 2C API functions showing the following How the function is called that is function prototype Parameter definition possible Return values A brief description of what the function does An explanation of how the functions are used by an application program DINK32 usage employed as examples e An I2C driver library internals DLI that provides information about the lower level software that is accessing the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the I2C interface e I2C DLI functions showing the following How the function is called that is function prototype Parameter definition Possible return values Brief description of what the function does E 3 2 3 I2C Application Program Interface API E 3 2 3 1 API Functions Description The I2C API function prototypes defined return values and enumerated input parameter values are declared in drivers i2c i2c_export h The functions are defined in the source file drivers 12c 12c1 c I2C_Status I2C_Initialize unsigned char addr I2C_INTERRUPT_MODE en_int int ap
20. put write e RCV 0 get read DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 19 MPC8240 Drivers e is_cnt 1 this is a restart don t check MBB e 0 this is a not restart check MBB e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Generate a START signal in the desired mode Caller is the master The slave_addr is written to bits 7 1 of the I2CDR and bit 0 of the I2CDR is set to 0 for mode XMIT or 1 for mode RCV A DLI global variable MasterRcvAddress is set if mode RCV used by I2C_ISR function I2CStatus I2C_Stop unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Generate a STOP signal to terminate the master transaction I2CStatus I2C_Master_Xmit unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Master sends one byte of data to slave receiver The DLI global variables ByteToXmit XmitByte and XmitBufEmptyStop are used to determine which data byte or STOP to transmit If a data byte is sent it is written to the I2CDR This function may only be called when the following conditions are met I2CSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 I2CSR RXAK 0 I2CCR MSTA 1 I2CCR MTX 1 I2CStatus I2C_Master_Rcv unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns Any defined
21. unsigned long 48 int read_pid 52 ULONG pvr_read 56 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor D 1 User Callable DINK Functions ULONG memSize 60 ULONG memCL 64 MACINFO MAC_info 68 UCHAR args 74 T2 int board_ctl 76 CPUINFO ci 80 MCAPS mi 84 STATUS IDE_UsrSupport 88 VOIDPTR malloc size_t size 92 void free void blk 96 ULONG bg_halt_sema 100 GRENDEL void mpicISRConnect int vector void ISRFUNCPTR ULONG context 104 int mpicSetIntDestination int vect int cpu_num int pin_id 108 void mpicIntEnable int Vect 112 void mpicIntDisable int Vect 116 int mpicCurTaskPrioSet unsigned int prio 120 void CoreExtIntEnable 124 void CoreExtIntDisable 128 dink_exports and populated in par_tb c as dink_transfer_table dink_exports dink_transfer_table 6 version 5 introduces the IDE_UsrSupport function 0 int const char dink_printf dink_loop is_char_in _duart shell_help par_about disassemble dink_getchar dink_putchar amp speed_mem amp process_type smp_release_cpu read_pid pvr_read memSize memCL amp MAC_nos NULL board_ctl amp cpu_info amp mach_info IDE_UsrSupport malloc free amp bg_halt_sema ifdef GRENDEL mpicI
22. 0000cc00 rm dbat11 12 B 3 1 Building The demo can be built with the UNIX command make After making the dhrystone src download the file dhry src with the DINK32 command dl k Then change the HIDO register to 8000C000 and change the DBATIL to 12 There are two makefiles makefile use the UNIX cross compiler tools for the PowerPC architecture It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 B 3 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 4 I1test and l1teststd The directory contains source c code to perform an L1 cache test DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor B 3 Example Code B 4 1 Building The example program can be built with the UNIX metaware or GNU GCC There is only the default target Only the metaware makefile is available B 5 I2sizing The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run This example program is meant to demonstrate how to detect whether a processor is an MPC740 or MPC750 It also detects the size of the L2 backside cache B 5 1 In this Directory e README txt this appendix e 12sizing1 c C code routines e 12sizing2 s ASM code routines 12sizing h Header file e 12sizing src Downloadable S Record e makefile UNIX makefile B
23. 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor C 5 Building and Extending DINK C 5 2 Linking Commands Once the command has been written it must be added to the shell processor so DINK can invoke it upon user command To the file shell c add the following 1 The line extern STATUS my_cmd at the top of the file 2 A line such as MYcmd My new command C_ALL my_cmd 3 In the command table DINKCMD sh_dink_cmds Note that commands must be entered in alphabetical order The upper case letters in the command indicate the minimum number of characters that must be matched Thus MYcmd can be invoked with mycmd or my but not m DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 C 6 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions D 1 General Information Many library functions such as printf and memSpeed are available via the DINK32 debugger In the past it has been necessary to ascertain the address of these functions which change with each compile from the cross reference listing and statically set these addresses in the programs that used these features The demo and dhrystone directories included with the DINK32 distribution contained examples of how to set these static function addresses With the release of DINK32 V11 1 and V12 0 these addresses are now dynamically ascertained and the user only needs to call a few functions and set up some defines This technique i
24. 5 Or whenever the program needs a DINK32 global value defined in the table call the associated get function in dinkusr s D 5 Error Conditions The only error condition is a trapword exception which indicates that the dink_transfer_table address is zero This is caused by one of the following conditions 1 The user has not called set_up_transfer_base 2 R21 is getting trashed before set_up_transfer_base is called DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor D 5 User Callable DINK Functions 3 The DINK32 version does not support dynamic functions DINK32 V11 0 2 was the last version that DID NOT support this feature Ensure that you are using DINK32 V12 0 or greater D 6 Alternative Method for Metaware Only While printf is fairly straightforward scanf is more complex In the drystone directory a local copy of scanf is supplied in the file support c Scanf and printf can also be emulated in a simpler program when using the metaware compiler Two metaware functions are supplied to the user to give control to characters that are scanned into and out of the program buffers Refer to the metaware documentation for more information than is given here When the user compiles and links with the Hsds flag two functions int _putcanon int a and int _getcanon are called whenever the user gets or receives a character Thus the user can write the simple functions shown below and scanf and printf will use the DI
25. 5 Notice the Gap Between Pins 4 and 5 Male DIN8 Mac Cable aN DO oa FW DY Figure 2 1 Serial Cable Wiring 2 1 2 Terminals There are numerous terminal emulator programs available in all cases the following settings should be specified e Baud rate 9 600 e Bits 8 e Parity N e Stop bits 1 e Flow control None e Terminal VT100 Note that 9600 baud is slow but can be easily changed to default to other values up to 115 200 in most cases DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 2 1 Using DINK 2 1 2 1 Hyperterm on NT In addition to the above set these properties e Function terminal keys checked Emulation ANSI e Backscroll buffer lines 300 Use this ASCII setup e ASCII sending Send line ends with line feeds unchecked Echo typed character locally unchecked e Line delay 0 e Character delay O e ASCII receiving Wrap lines that exceed terminal width checked All others unchecked Use these settings e Baud 9600 default e Data bits 8 e Parity none e Stop bits 1 e Flow control none 2 1 2 2 Zterm on Mac Under Settings go to Connection and set only the following Service name SENDIT e Data rate 9600 e Data bits 8 e Parity none e Stop bits 1 Under Settings go to Terminal and set only the following Don t drop DTR on exit e PC ANSI BBS Under Settings go to Text Packing and set only the following
26. 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 Other values may be acceptable an error is shown if the driver does not support the requested value If no baud rate is entered the current baud rate setting for the port is displayed Examples DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt setbaud 57600 Baud rate changing to 57600 B lt NOTE the user must then change the baud rate on the terminal to 57600 Press return a few times to clear any corrupted characters gt DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 82 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 68 SQUIT Command sim quit Abbreviation sq Syntax sq Builds eDINK Boards None Processors All The squit command exits the simulator Arguments None Examples EDINK32 E500 gt gt sq 3 69 Show SPRs Command show sprs Abbreviation sx Syntax sx Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The sprs command displays all SPRs valid for the current processor It is equivalent to rd s Exception Register Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt sx SPR Number Register Name XER 1 FXU LR 8 Link Register CTR 9 Counter Register DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 83 DINK32 Commands 3 70 STTY Command stty Abbreviation stty Syntax stty name sane B
27. A O a 3 48 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor Contents Paragraph Page Number Title Number 3 34 1 DINK32 GPIC Initialization SequenCe ocoonnncocnoncccnncccnnnncnnnncnonncncnonononnnnnnnnnnnonnnannns 3 49 3 35 A a eases teste i eea Se a aeien a Tisis 3 51 3 36 Ad a e oe E To 3 51 3 37 Hardware Monitor reena ras satin a a T A Henne 3 52 3 38 EC E A E E E T AE E A EA 3 53 3 39 A nna sa A E E E A haat ea ddan Aast 3 53 3 40 A E EE E AE 3 54 3 41 La EE E T es veiee ects 3 55 3 42 Memory Compare ceea a r Rete ee a ame a ere re 3 55 3 43 MeO S a E E AA 3 56 3 44 Memory Fillet A A a E ets a E ae 3 57 3 45 Memory Mfo usd dd 3 58 3 46 Memory Mod Y scada nunni naa R A elassanaesvansdents seats 3 59 3 47 Memory MOV A A A A RA ARA RR 3 60 3 48 Memory a e a 3 61 3 49 Memory Testi ive Be ai a She a i a i a e 3 62 3 50 A RT 3 64 3 51 Northbridge Display vision diria 3 65 3 52 Northbridge Modify siie ar ier au eea ESE Eee E SNS 3 66 3 53 Net IO siii a a lia ds 3 68 3 54 NO 3 69 3 55 DM E E E A E E al a oe ahead 3 69 3 56 PEL CONME By ee a re AR earn E TE ER E ee Oe Coe eee 3 70 3 57 PAID dd e e dle de a 3 71 3 58 PCI Mii A A porate ecees 3 72 3 59 PELI a o ed cased 3 72 3 60 A ata ac eacutatvadenwenmectat an gadesauadigetaaceascaseneatasuaceasnesqecaae tances cueceancenes 3 73 3 61 A A a gabues shee 3 74 3 62 A e E A dd 3 74 3 63 A elgatebans aa tabeiae ele EE 3 75 3 64 REGDIS Po esac et nee ei Cos eed ales ace e
28. B 17 1 Building There is one way to build it metaware on unix makefile B 17 2 Usage Download and execute the program DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 B 10 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix C Building and Extending DINK C 1 Obtaining DINK32 Source Limited source is available for downloading from the Freescale Semiconductor website Full source can also be requested through the same web site Due to website rearrangement the easiest way to locate the DINK32 web home is to go to http www freescale com and search for the keyword DINK32 C 2 Building DINK32 Instructions are supplied with the full source code C 3 DINK Software Build Process DINK32 is a sophisticated debug ROM program Most hardware specific features such as the specific processor the memory map the target platforms etc are automatically detected at run time This flexibility allows a single version of DINK32 to run on different platforms with different processors for example the same version of DINK32 will boot the Sandpoint as well as the Excimer and Maximer platforms with all the supported processors The ROM device on the Sandpoint system is the plastic leaded chip carrier PLCC device Upgrading the firmware on such a system could be as easy as removing and replacing the old ROM with the new one The ROM devices on the Excimer and Maximer platforms however are the thin small surface mount packages TSSOP It is not easy to remov
29. Freescale Semiconductor A 3 History of DINK32 Changes NED GS 10 11 12 13 while 1 while true do rest of line for n don times if n conditional Version 13 1 April 30 2003 New assembler disassembler Works better All known bugs fixed asm can assemble all dsm generated instructions Entering control B while in the assembler adds a breakpoint at the current spot Common parts of except2 S and except2e S moved to common S for better control of DINK and eDINK source New eDINK target for e500 processors such as the MPC8540 and MPC8560 A complete cpuinfo database is used for DINK control Debug support for DPRINT DEBUG_ENTRY DEBUG_EXIT macros provided Download command dl enhancements Now works with no arguments dl b binary initial timeout is now 30 seconds SRRO is set to the code entry download address or address 0x 10000 if an ELF header is detected This allows tr to start execution of downloaded code New default download address is now 0x100000 Environment env changes Added w wipe option Added L3HELP alias to L2HELP L HELP has timer option now Deleted C L2CACHE L3CACHE options slow never was used Fixed errors with BOOT arguments NVRAM on Sandpoint Elysium set to 8K 100 bytes upper portion reserved for network parameters and or RTC Apollo6 a
30. PP 30 GPP 30 CPU1 Cross Processor Interrupt Input GPIC PP 4 GPP 4 CPUO Cross Processor Interrupt Input GPIC PP 31 GPP 31 CPU1 Cross Processor Interrupt Output GPIC PP 5 GPP 5 CPUO Cross Processor Interrupt Output GPIC Setup GPPs GPIC GPP 22 Super I_O Input Active High Int enabled GPIC GPP 9 6 PCIO Slot 3 0 Input Active Low Int enabled GPIC GPP 13 10 PCI1 Slot 3 0 Input Active Low Int enabled GPIC GPP 30 CPU1 CPI Input Active High Int enabled GPIC GPP 4 CPUO CPI Input Active High Int enabled GPIC GPP 31 CPU1 CPI Output Active High GPIC GPP 5 CPUO CPI Output Active High GPIC Setup Timer0 to interrupt CPUO for sleep demo GPIC Setup Timerl to interrupt CPUO GPIC User must enable disable with gpic tmcon 1 1 0 GPIC Timer Count Ox0OFFFFFFF GPIC Setup Timer2 to interrupt CPU1 for sleep demo GPIC Setup Timer3 to interrupt CPU1 GPIC User must enable disable with gpic tmcon 3 1 0 GPIC Timer Count Ox0OFFFFFFF GPIC Unmask interrupts to CPUINT CPUO GPIC Unmask GPP 23 16 GPIC Unmask GPP 15 8 GPIC Unmask GPP 7 0 GPIC Unmask Timer0O GPIC Unmask interrupts to INT1 CPU1 GPIC Unmask GPP 31 24 GPIC Unmask Timer2 GPIC Enable External Interrupts DINK32 MPC7450 0 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 50 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 35 He
31. Rev Sig ERR Detected ERR Asserted Abt TAbt TAbt DEVS ELtm Received Master Abort Received Target Abort D Signalled Target Abort EVSEL timing DPA Fast RDet B2Bc Data Parity Error Fast Back to Back Capable DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 65 DINK32 Commands 66MHZ_c DINK32 MPC8245 PERR 0 DEVSELtm 00 DINK32 MPC8245 PERR 0 DINK32 MPC8245 42 00 DINK32 MPC8245 00 1057 0002 10 0000 0000 20 0000 0000 30 0000 0000 40 0000 0000 50 0000 0000 60 0000 0000 70 0000 CDOO 80 0000 0000 90 0000 0000 AO 0000 0000 BO 0000 0000 CO 0000 0100 DO 0000 0000 EO 0042 OFFF FO 0000 FFO2 OOD OTO OO O O OO ONO 00 SERR 0 DPARDet 0 8 gt gt nd stat perr 66MHz Capable 13 gt gt nd b 42 unknown 13 gt gt nd d 06 0080 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 o GQ OOO 0 0 00 00 O OOO 00 0 DO D O OO 0 00 10 OOO 0013 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 0000 0000 0000 0020 0000 o00000nO0o0O000000000 OOO 0 0140 O 0 00 0 0 O 0 65 ONO 90 0 0 00 00 0 0 10 010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 O 11 gt gt nd f stat RcevMAbt 0 FastB2Bc 1 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0
32. apc 00000040 00000048 B DINK32 MPC750 2 gt gt dd nvram 40 4F 0x0040 OD OA 1A 00 00 08 09 OA OD 1A 41 61 7F FF 80 00 Aa dd gt x DINK32 MPC750 3 gt gt dd i2c a 57 O ff Command devmod Abbreviation dm Syntax dm device bl hl w n a devaddr addr1 addr2 Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The devmod command displays and modifies the contents of memory or device registers in a manner similar to that of the memory modify command While it displays memory as normal it also handles the one or two levels of indirection necessary to access memory or registers within IO devices It also handles modifying these values Arguments device The name of the device If not entered a list of known devices is shown r Displays data byte reversed n Does not read and display any data only is shown Used to write to write only registers that should not be read DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 19 DINK32 Commands b h w Sets size of device accesses If not specified the default size is bytes for devices as a addr addrl addr2 shown in the device listing Sets the subaddress for a device Used for C EEPROM access which is typically 0x50 0x57 The starting address to display The optional ending address The dm command with no parameters will display a list of all the known devices The dm command w
33. between MDINK32 and DINK32 the DINK32 format will be shown first Plus Usually implies that the command form includes This allows the command to continue to the next stopping place appropriate for its functionality Range Indicates a two address form and usually signifies an inclusive area of code or memory that will be operated on by the command Entire family Refers to a family of registers The general purpose registers are a family of thirty two 32 bit registers numbered 0 to 31 The floating point registers are a family of thirty two 64 bit registers numbered 0 to 31 The Alti Vec registers are a family of thirty two 128 bit registers numbered 0 to 31 The special purpose registers are not classified as a family due to their architectural design x Typing x will exit a command if DINK32 is in an interactive mode when a particular command form is used 3 2 DINK Command List The DINK command list is shown in Table 3 1 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 1 DINK32 Commands Table 3 1 DINK Command List Command Section Section 3 3 Period on page 3 4 about Section 3 4 About on page 3 5 assemble Section 3 5 Assemble on page 3 6 background Section 3 6 Background on page 3 8 benchmark Section 3 7 Benchmark on page 3 8 bootm Section 3 8 Boo
34. continued Command Section history Section 3 36 History on page 3 51 hwm Section 3 37 Hardware Monitor on page 3 52 C Section 3 38 12C on page 3 53 identify Section 3 39 Identify on page 3 53 if Section 3 40 If on page 3 54 log Section 3 41 Log on page 3 55 memory compare Section 3 42 Memory Compare on page 3 55 memory display Section 3 43 Memory Display on page 3 56 memory fill Section 3 44 Memory Fill on page 3 57 memory info Section 3 45 Memory Info on page 3 58 memory modify Section 3 46 Memory Modify on page 3 59 memory move Section 3 47 Memory Move on page 3 60 memory search Section 3 48 Memory Search on page 3 61 memory test Section 3 49 Memory Test on page 3 62 menu Section 3 50 Menu on page 3 64 northbridge display Section 3 51 Northbridge Display on page 3 65 northbridge modify Section 3 52 Northbridge Modify on page 3 66 net initialize Section 3 53 Net Info on page 3 68 opts Section 3 54 Opts on page 3 69 pci Section 3 55 PCI on page 3 69 PCI bus probe Section 3 60 PCI Probe on page 3 73 PCI config list Section 3 56 PCI Config List on page 3 70 PCI register display Section 3 57 PCI Display on page 3 71 PCI map Section 3 58 PCI Map on page
35. define statements See the directory memspeed for an example of how to use dynamic global variables D 4 Using the Dynamic Functions These functions are implemented via the assembly language file dinkusr s and the include file dinkusr h The user includes include dinkusr h and links in dinkusr s during compilation link time All of the functions in this table except set_up_transfer_base transfer control to the DINK32 function while leaving the link register lr unchanged This effectively transfers control to the DINK32 function and the DINK32 function on completion returns directly to the caller in the user s code The functions supplied in dinkusr s are shown in Table D 2 Table D 2 dinkusr s Functions Function Name Function Definition set_up_transfer_base Capture the dink_transfer_table address from r21 and store it into a local memory cell for future use The user must call this function before using any of the functions below and it should be called immediately after entry such as the first statement in main dink_printf DINK32 entry into printf dink_loop DINK32 idle loop is char in duart DINK32 function to detect if DUART has a new character shell_help DINK32 display menu function par_about DINK32 display about function disassemble DINK32 disassemble instruction DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 D 4 Freescale Semiconductor User Callable DINK Functions Table D 2 d
36. eee eeeeeeseecseeeeeeeeeenaeees E 48 Sandpoint X2 Reference Platform a ee ae ee E 48 Initializing PIC on Sandpoint X2 siesta Seis a te ee eae a E 49 Running the PIC on Sandpoint X3 2 22ccieeie cdc teeta beaded E 50 Code and Documentation Updates 5a6c5ssseu cous sagshnscaieached deavancetues ancy deans onstdenctus taneous E 52 Appendix F S Record Format Description General Lora A e le yal heeds F 1 Specific Formats tano noia ida i n F 2 O F 2 SUMA Y Of OS A A RE eae F 3 Appendix G Networking Support Troubleshooting Hito ta G 2 Known Limitations in Telnet Consoles ad Ad one G 2 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor Contents Paragraph Page Number Title Number Appendix H Converting Dink32 to Little Endian H 1 General OTA oasis iio H 1 H 2 A O on deosen teases nacaeteaeeccascerest H 1 H 3 A O O H 2 H 3 1 Two Important Considerations A A A di H 2 H 3 2 Copy Algorithm AS H 2 H 3 2 1 Little Endian Swap Instruction Sequence ooooccnoccnooccnonononnnoncnonnnonnnccnnnnanccnnnconnnnnness H 3 H 3 3 DINKLE V7 0 10 8 97 makefile vecinas ia da H 4 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor xi Contents Paragraph Page Number Title Number DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 xii Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 1 Introduction DINK is an acronym for Demonstrative Interactive Nano Kernel DINK32 is a flexible software tool enabling initialization evaluation and debugging of the Pow
37. mt q 100000 1fffffc PASS 1 QUICK LESE o irh A S tn AA IAS tn Gb e A a a ee PASS Completed tests No errors 2 Test memory forever until an error is found DINK32 MPC750 gt gt mt b a 1 0 x 100000 1fffffc DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 63 DINK32 Commands PASS 1 Quick Test Random Pattern Test Walking 1 s Test Walking 0 s Test Address March Test Write Sensitivity Test PASS 2 3 3 Test memory using the write sensitivity test and report the elapsed time DINK32 MPC750 gt gt mt t n S x 100000 1fffffc PASS 1 Write Sensitivity Test Completed tests No errors Elapsed time 0 00 16 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt 3 50 Menu Command menu Abbreviation me Syntax menu Builds All Boards All Processors All The menu command lists all of the commands that are available in the current implementation of DINK32 varies by processor and platform detected Arguments None Examples Virtual emulation DINK COMMAND LIST Command VDINK32 MPC7450 1 gt gt me Command Mnemonic About Breakpoint ops CRC Memory Device Modify Download code E THAVDOOU Pp E DU Ww Q Environ Settings NV Command help E Log session LO emory Display D emory Fill F emory Move V emory Test T orthBridge Display D Assemble code Cache Control Device Display Disassemble Echo text Run at address Command histor
38. to agent local memory at 0x4C04 The user can verify this by using DINK to display that memory location by typing md 4c04 at the DINK command prompt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 B 2 Freescale Semiconductor Example Code B 2 Dink_demo The demo directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x100000 and run B 2 1 Building The demo can be built with the UNIX command make f makedemo The demo src file can be downloaded with the DINK32 command dl k It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 Demo will run continuously It can be stopped by a reset or by pressing any key B 2 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 3 Dhrystone mwnosc The Dhrystone directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x100000 and run The Dhrystone directory has two subdirectories ties MWnosc and watch The makefile is contained in the MWnosc directory This directory contains all the code necessary to build and run a Dhrystone benchmark program Before starting execution change the value of HIDO and DBAT11 DINK32 by default starts the downloaded program with caches off and cache enabled in the DBATS Change HIDO to 0000cc00 and DBAT11 to 12 Use these commands rm hidO
39. 10 3 24 11 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 Contents Page Title Number ASSE MDE onia erap e a TEA e A E TE ESE 3 6 Background id 3 8 Benchmark zanse a TETE 3 8 BI RR 3 11 A sald siot uss cacti aca oe E vast ce ame eects ba ace E EE E 3 12 Cache aiii 3 14 CONFIGTEMP do da dao TAA 3 15 C PUTIN PO idas 3 17 A A mT eM Nn ee een 3 18 DEVDIS Ps sa cease seezetaste as alee trees uence tung acess agate RGGI TR ER 3 18 DEN MOD ee oe ee na cy ee eR an ye ee 3 19 DEYTEST ostia 3 21 DISASSEM css a 3 21 Di a dd 3 23 DI sos ease dale aa tease dn cov Rens a idan Medi 3 24 B a ave ene TOR ne O A Weer 3 25 Download cdi 3 25 Down Gad Flash ninia a dais 3 27 EMO Doa 3 28 FEN VAPORIME ii a ed ais 3 28 ENV BOOT E c ding LS 3 30 EN YS BOCAS E EE A a O aca 3 30 ENSFE2 CACHE PAI o ele de 3 31 ENV E2PRIVATE Encoding sa aie E A a R eens 3 32 ENV L3CACHE En Coding cid ica a ei n n 3 33 ENV L3 PRIVATE Encoding aserne dee 3 35 ENV ONTR ECOG an aaye E aeons 3 35 ENV PROMEPT Encoder E Ei 3 35 ENV TOP S ET BC oia 3 36 ENV FANPWM Encoding ci csssceissasvaiscesdcatusoadensatesecatasestadeesned cauansesdcadansseen ntadeaas 3 36 BIN PSH ED OW NBC cin 55 sics sanawccesed voleageuss sessed snvendanacesactdcesdsane omemadvenans 3 37 ET es 3 37 A EE Ra 3 38 FILES Y TO 3 40 Final Assembly Inite i ica 3 41 Pl id 3 41 BOR ua ARIA Re RR 3 42 FUPDATE a akg a a a a ables a tata Den ace de cs 3 43 Ns 3 46 CT eis O 3 46
40. 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 59 DINK32 Commands Vv ESC X Set the direction to forward Upon return the current location advances by 1 byte halfword or word Set the direction to reverse Upon return the current location advances by 1 byte halfword or word Set the direction to 0 dm will keep examining and modifying the same location until y or is entered Help Stop Stop The direction commands are sticky once set mm will continue in that direction until a new direction is entered The VT100 cursor keys may be used to move up and down Examples DINK32 PC8245 gt gt memod 160100 0x00160100 DINK32 PC82 0x00160100 DINK32 PC82 0x00160100 DINK32 PC82 0x00160100 DINK32 PC82 0x00160110 0x00160114 0x00160118 0 00 DINK32 MPC82 0x00160200 0x00160204 0x00160208 OO 4 4 4 x89898989 44444444 5 gt gt mm b 160100 x44444444 66 45 gt gt memod h 160100 x66444444 3333 45 gt gt memod w 60100 x33334444 22222222 5 gt gt mm 160110 160118 x89898989 11111111 x89898989 22222222 x89898989 33333333 5 gt gt memod 160200 x89898989 12341234 x00000000 12341234 x00000000 x 3 47 Memory Move Command memmove Abbreviation mv Syntax mv g lt addr1 gt lt addr2 gt lt addr3 gt Builds All Boards All Proces
41. 3 3 20 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 16 DEVTEST Command devtest Abbreviation dev Syntax dev epic command dev r i2c lt addr gt lt n gt lt timeout gt dev w i2c lt addr gt lt n gt lt str gt lt timeout gt dev DMA lt type gt lt src gt lt dest gt lt chn gt lt n gt dev i20 lt mode gt lt bit gt Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The devtest command accesses several MPC824x MPC107 specific embedded utility devices dev is a front end to several device test control routines each with different syntax and capabilities Arguments For details on specific sub device controls and arguments enter the command he dev epic 12c 1120 dma Examples Perform a given I O test on the MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt devtest r i2c 0x40 FE FE FE FE 47 4A 4E 4F FE FE FE FE 47 4A 4E 4F lt e GIMN o o e GIMN 3 17 DISASSEM Command disassem Abbreviation ds Syntax ds start_address end_address Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The disassem command displays the contents of memory at the given address es The contents are shown in hexadecimal opcode format as well as in PowerPC assembly instruction format Arguments addr Address to begin disassembly addr2 Address to stop disassemb
42. 3 72 PCI register modify Section 3 59 PCI Modify on page 3 72 phy Section 3 61 PHY on page 3 74 ping Section 3 62 Ping on page 3 74 px Section 3 63 PX on page 3 75 register display Section 3 64 REGDISP on page 3 76 register modify Section 3 65 REGMOD on page 3 79 reset Section 3 66 Reset on page 3 81 set baud rate Section 3 67 SETBAUD on page 3 82 squit Section 3 68 SQUIT on page 3 83 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 DINK32 Commands Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Table 3 1 DINK Command List continued Command Section switch cpu Section 3 71 Switch CPU on page 3 85 show SPRs Section 3 69 Show SPRs on page 3 83 stty Section 3 70 STTY on page 3 84 sx Section 3 72 SX on page 3 85 symbol table Section 3 73 SYMTAB on page 3 86 tau Section 3 74 TAU on page 3 88 test Section 3 75 Test on page 3 89 time Section 3 76 Time on page 3 89 transparent mode Section 3 77 Transparent on page 3 90 trace Section 3 78 Trace on page 3 91 upload Section 3 79 Upload on page 3 91 virtual host file Section 3 80 Virtual Host File on page 3 92 virtual memory Section 3 81 Virtual Memory File on page 3 93 virtual quit Section 3 82 VQUIT on page 3 93 virtual sim Section
43. 30 1999 Implement a DINK transfer table to dynamically assign DINK functions such as printf dinkloop and getchar in a table so that 1t is no longer necessary to statically determine the function address and change them in demo or dhrystones or any user program Configuration environment variables are saved in NVRAM for yk sp saved in RAM for Excimer and Maximer New command env manipulates these configurations Also implements multiple command aliases however da and ra are still available New command tau displays and or calibrates the thermal assist unit Faster download and no need to set character delays on the serial line implemented by turning on the duart FIFO Turn on both banks of memory in the YellowKnife and Sandpoint now 32 MB is available on dink32 startup Improved printf format facilities including floating point Most commands can now be placed into quiet mode and verbose mode can be used with the v command Default is verbose on both same as always with or without ENV The e mode expands fields and can be made default with env RDMODE e Only Excimer and Maximer require the setup and RDMODE can be Q quiet E expand fields or anything else On Excimer and Maximer it can be set up with these commands env c env rdmode 0 The dl command can be placed in silent mode with the q rd or rm can use these aliases for the memory register Northbridge nb MPC106 MPC10
44. 47 MPC8240 Drivers E 4 8 External Interrupt Exception Path in DINK32 The path of an external interrupt exception in DINK32 begins at the 0x500 interrupt exception vector All DINK32 exception vector locations are set up in the same manner which is to save the exception type and pass the exception handling to a catch all exception handler This handler is called handle_ex and is located in the except2 s DINK32 source file In the handle_ex handler a check is performed to see if the exception was a 0x500 and if DINK32 is running on an MPC8240 MPC8245 or MPC107 If the two conditions are true the exception handling is passed to the PIC low level interrupt handler epic_exception located in the epic2 s source file Epic_exception handles any necessary context switching and saving of state before calling the PIC high level interrupt handler epicISR located in the epicl c source file NOTE Currently epic_exception first checks the mode of the PIC unit If in pass through mode an error message is printed stating that the PIC unit is in pass through mode and must be initialized EpicISRQ acknowledges the interrupt by calling the epiclACK which returns the vector number of the interrupting vector source This vector number is then compared to the spurious vector value located in the PIC spurious vector register If the interrupting vector is a spurious vector the interrupt is ignored and state is restored to the interrupted process I
45. 5 2 Assumptions Running DINK32 V12 0 or later versions B 5 3 Usage e Download the modified DINK32 V12 0 See Notes section e Compile assemble the code below and link into S Record format downloadable to 0x 100000 using makefile Simply type make to use the UNIX makefile e Download the S Record to agent local memory using dl k at the agent s DINK32 command prompt e Launch the program using go 100000 at the agent s DINK32 command prompt B 5 4 To Build UNIX make clean B 5 5 Notes In order to use DINK s dynamic functions such as printf you must include dinkusr h and link dinkusr s during compilation link time Please see Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more info DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 B 4 Freescale Semiconductor Example Code B 6 backsideL2test The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run This application will test the L2 cache and exercise the performance monitor Read the l2test readme for more information B 6 1 Building The demo can be built with the UNIX command make The srecord file can be downloaded with the DINK32 command dl k It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 makefile used for this release of DINK32 R12 and beyond B 6 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically see Appendix D User Callable DINK Fun
46. 51 DINK32 Commands Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC7450 DINK32 MPC7450 gpr03 0x12345678 DINK32 MPC7450 1 rd r3 DINK32 PC7450 2 rd r3 E Hi DINK32 PC7450 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ra hi rd hi hi go Return to DINK via blr DINK32 PC7450 4 rd r3 3 hi Z lt 1 go 90100 gt gt hi 13 gpr04 Oxabcdef01 90100 3 37 Hardware Monitor Command hardware monitor Abbreviation hwm Syntax hwm iw object Builds All Boards All Processors All The hwm command interfaces with industry standard hardware monitoring devices reporting voltages fan speed temperature etc for those platforms in which the command is present Arguments 1 Initialize the HWM system using per board data W Watch repeatedly report on the given object If no object is specified all objects are reported Since objects vary by board use this means to discover them Examples DINK32 MPC7447A gt gt hwm cpul CPU1 46 degC DINK32 MPC7447A gt gt hwm w cpul CPU1 46 degC CPU1 47 degC CPU1 46 degC DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 52 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 38 1 C Command i2c Abbreviation i2c Syntax i2c p i2c_addr Builds All Boards All Processors All The i2c command performs a few common IC functions displayi
47. 7 Print Timer Config Info for all or specific timer gpic tmcon timer 0 7 nable 0 1 mode 0 1 trigger 0 1 Configure Timer Counters Enable enabl 1 disable 0 counting Mode timer 1 counter 0 Trigger external 1 none 0 Mode and Trigger parameters optional left unchanged If Trigger is given Mode must also be given DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 48 Freescale Semiconductor gpic tmmsk timer 0 gpic tmmsk timer 0 7 Mask gpic mask m code 0 4 gpic unmask um code 0 4 7 DINK32 Commands Print Timer Int Mask Info for all or specific timer mask 0 1 Enble disable Timer interrupt enable 1 disable 0 mask 0 31 mask 0 31 Mask Unmask an interrupt Code Examples CPU CPU PCI1 Int Mask High Reg PCI1 Int Mask Low Reg GPP gpic Command Example Uses gpic gpic init gpic tment gpic tment 1 gpic tment 1 FFF gpic tmen 2 gpic tmdis 2 pic tmcon g gpic tmcon gpic tmcon g g pic tmcon 1 0 pic tmcon 1 1 1 gpic tmcon 1 1 0 gpic tmmsk gpic tmmsk gpic tmmsk 1 0 gpic tmen 2 gpic tmdis 2 gpic mask 1 8 gpic mask 4 23 gpic unmask 0 24 FEF Int Mask High Reg Int Mask Low Reg oil WNRo Int Mask Reg 4 Mask Unmask bit must be one bit location 0 31 from the DINK32 gt gt prompt Display various GPIC status info Set env VERBOSE 1 for more verbose printout Initialize the GP
48. Background DINK32 V12 0 and later versions are currently set up so that once the host boots up from the DINK image in ROM it then configures the agent Once the agent is configured its PCI command register is then set and it is allowed to boot up from the same DINK image in ROM This example code forces the agent to boot up from code that it thinks is in ROM but that is actually in host local memory space B 1 2 In This Directory e README txt this appendix e main c C code routines e agentboot s ASM code routines e makefile UNIX makefile e agentboot txt agentboot demo summary file including the source files and readme B 1 3 Assumptions e Running on a Sandpoint reference platform e MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 7 based agent in 32bit PCI slot 4 Third from PMC See note 3 below on using alternate PCI slots e Running DINK32 V12 0 or later versions B 1 4 Usage e Compile assemble the code below and link into S Record format downloadable to 0x 100000 using makefile or makefile_pc Simply type make to use the UNIX makefile or type make f makefile_pc to use the PC makefile e Download the S Record to agent local memory using dl k at the agent s DINK32 command prompt e Launch the program using go 100000 at the agent s DINK32 command prompt e The program should set up the agent to boot from the agent s local memory space at 0x0100 The agent boot code located there will have the agent write the value 777 0x309
49. Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer2 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer3 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Use help dev dma to manipulate DMAO interrupt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 49 MPC8240 Drivers EPIC DMAO Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Lower Current Task Priority EPIC Enable External Interrupts in MSR DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt Agent EPIC initialization on Sandpoint running DINK32 in a Host Agent setup Agent DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt dev epic init Initialize EPIC to Default Mode EPIC Disable External Interrupts EPIC Resetting ixed Mode Direct Mode EPIC Configuring EPIC to Sandpoint X2 default mode EPIC Host Agent setup detected EPIC Use help dev i20 to manipulate interrupts EPIC Message Unit Interrupt Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Enable disable Timers using dev epic tmen tmdis 0 3 EPIC Timer0 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timerl Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer2 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer3 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Use help dev dma to manipulate DMAO interrupt EPIC DMAO Co
50. DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp 1 260100 Breakpoint set at 0x00260100 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt go 26000 Breakpoint Encountered 0x002601 100 cmp 0 0 r03 r0 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp 4 BREAKPOINT ADDRESS LOCKED COUNT Tas 00260100 Yes 0 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp d 260100 Breakpoint 0x00260100 deleted DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp BREAKPOINT ADDRESS LOCKED COUNT none DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 13 DINK32 Commands 3 10 Cache Command cache Abbreviation ca Syntax fx on 1 offlO L1 L11 11D L2 L3 Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The cache command allows direct manipulation of the cache settings used by DINK while running DINK In addition these values can be exported to the user settings for manipulating values used while running user code Arguments f Flush the indicated cache s X Export any changes made to user register settings takes effect on go or tr commands on Sets a flag for enabling specified cache s 1 Same as on off Sets a flag for disabling specified cache s 0 Same as off L1 Enable or disable L1 I and D cache L1I Enable or disable L1 Icache only LID Enable or disable L1 Dcache only L2 Enable or disable L2 cache L3 Enable or disable L3 cache If no argument is sup
51. MALLOC 0x1000000 0x100 Arguments are starting address comma and size 0000 ONTR After go tr Command to execute after GO TR ONTR rd r3 r7 PROMPT Always Encoder values for prompt see below PROMPT p d gt gt RDLAST Always Remembers last argument used with rd command used when RDLAST r0 r8 rd used without arguments RDMODE Always Value of q inhibits long display producing only hex values RDMODE e Value of e replaces long display with field name list TAUCAL Always When tau command used TAUCAL 0x80000000 VERBOSE Always If defined commands may produce additional messages VERBOSE 1 TOFFSET Startup Sets the thermal DC offset of the ADT7461 see below TOFFSET 0 4 TDISABLE Startup Disables the Automatic Thermal Monitoring System ATMS TDISABLE 1 0 FANPWM Startup Allows control of the CPU fan speed see below FANPWM OxFFFF 0x5555 TSHUTDOWN ATMS Sets the critical temperature shutdown temperature for the TSHUTDOWN 100 110 interrupts ATMS see below other Always Unrecognized command names that are found in the CMD rd r3 tr environment variable list may be used as command aliases If any key is pressed on startup recommendation is Backspace then settings listed as used on Startup are ignored If invalid settings are entered particularly L2 L3 cache settings DINK may not be able to start Pressing a key will cause them to be ignored so the settings can be adjusted 3 24 1 EN
52. MPC603e MPC604e Fixed breakpoint exception problem broken in rev10 7 for MPC603e Fixed location of exception vectors after EH1200 they were wrong SO TN E A Fixed flushhead in except2 s to work correctly A 11 Version 11 0 March 29 1999 1 Added AltiVec support for the MAX processor 2 Added vector registers to register list 3 Added assembler disassembler code for AltiVec mnemonics 4 fl dsi has been expanded to display the flash memory range for each sector A 12 Version 10 7 February 25 1999 1 Added 1999 to copyright dates 2 Added timeout to flash_write_to_memory so an unfinished write to flash won t last for ever It will timeout and issue an error message 3 Added test all flash write for protected sector and if protected issue an error and refuse the write 4 Disable transpar tm from Excimer 5 Set DCFA bit from 0 to 1 for MAX chips only A 13 Version 10 6 January 25 1999 1 Implement the history c file and allow the about command to use constants for Version Revision and Release 2 Implement the fl dsi and fl se commands 9 Automatically detect flash between Board Rev 2 and 3 4 Removed the fw e command from DINK32 it is only available in MDINK32 A 14 Version 10 5 November 24 1998 1 Changed default reset address to be xfff0 for standalone DINK 2 Fixed bugs in trace command DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 10 Freescale Semiconductor History of DINK32 Changes A 15 Vers
53. Mode Direct Mode fl E E PIC Configuring EPIC to Sandpoint X3 default mode PIC Host Agent setup detected PIC Use help dev izo to manipulate interrupts PIC Message Unit Interrupt Configure Connect ISR Enable aoe PIC Enable disable Timers using dev epic tmen tmdis 0 3 EPIC Timer0 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timerl Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer2 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 51 MPC8240 Drivers EPIC Timer3 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Use help dev dma to manipulate DMAO interrupt EPIC DMAO Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Lower Current Task Priority EPIC Enable External Interrupts in MSR DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt E 4 10 Code and Documentation Updates For the most up to date versions of the PIC sample driver code and this appendix document please visit the Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 website DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 52 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix F S Record Format Description F 1 General Format An S record is a file that consists of a sequence of specially formatted ASCII character strings Each line of the S record file adheres to the same general format with some variatio
54. Register 3 PMLCa0 144 Supervisor Local Control A Register 0 PMLCal 145 Supervisor Local Control A Register 1 PMLCa2 146 Supervisor Local Control A Register 2 PMLCa3 147 Supervisor Local Control A Register 3 UPMLCDO 256 User Local Control B Register 0 UPMLCb1 257 User Local Control B Register 1 UPMLCb2 258 User Local Control B Register 2 UPMLCb3 259 User Local Control B Register 3 PMLCbO 272 Supervisor Local Control B Register 0 PMLCb1 273 Supervisor Local Control B Register 1 PMLCb2 274 Supervisor Local Control B Register 2 PMLCb3 235 Supervisor Local Control B Register 3 UPMGCO 384 User Performance Global Control Register 0 PMGCO 400 Supervisor Performance Global Control Register 0 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 75 DINK32 Commands 3 64 REGDISP Command regdisp Abbreviation rd Syntax rd b h w d v f e r 1 f 1 v 1 s spr_namef fieldname nb field_name bats Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The rd command will display the contents of the specified registers This command offers the user numerous options for viewing different sets or portions of the PowerPC register file as well as for Northbridge or PCI registers In general all members of a register family can be displayed by first letter of the register family name Otherwise one or more of the specified registers are disp
55. XMIT 1 I2C_MODE DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 34 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers E 3 2 4 2 MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 12C Driver Library Internals Function Descriptions I2CStatus I2C_Init unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char fdr unsigned char addr unsigned int en_int e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e fdr is the frequency divider value used to set the I2C clock rate e addr is the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 chip s I2C slave device address e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status 1 enable 0 disable e Return 2CStatus return value is always IZ2CSUCCESS Description Set the frequency divider IZCFDR FDR listening address I2CADR 7 1 and interrupt enable mode I2CCR MIEN I2C_CTRL I2C_Get_Ctrl unsigned int eumbbar eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Return I2C_CTRL is the contents of the I2C control register I2CCR Description Read the I2C control register void I2C_Set_Ctrl unsigned int eumbbar I2C_CTRL ctrl e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e ctrl is the contents of the I2C control register I2CCR e Return none Description Set the I2C control register I2CStatus I2C_put unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char rcv_addr unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag unsigned int is_cnt e eumbbar is the address of the embed
56. and the sender does not signal STOP generate a STOP signal Caller is the slave performing receiving E 3 2 4 3 12C Support Functions unsigned int get_eumbbar e Returns base address of the embedded utilities memory block Description In the MPC8245 Integrated Processor Reference Manual see the section Embedded Utilities Memory Block in the Address Maps chapter and the section Configuration Register Summary in the Configuration Registers chapter for information about the embedded utilities memory block base address register This function is defined in kahlua s unsigned int load_runtime_reg unsigned int eumbbar unsigned int reg e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e reg specifies the register I2CDR I2CFDR RLCADR I2CSR I2CCR e Returns register content Description The content of the specified register is returned This function is defined in drivers 12c 12c2 s DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 40 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers unsigned int store_runtime_reg unsigned int eumbbar unsigned int reg unsigned int val e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e offset specifies the register I2CDR IZCFDR IZCADR I2CSR I2CCR e val is the value to be written to the register e Return No return value used It should be declared void Description The value is written to the specified register This function
57. been fixed crc was not working at some point the CRC32 function return was deleted cre sign verify functions added Memory search can specify a mask for lt 32 bit comparisons 10 par_tb Added watch command monitor memory timer interrupts and exception events pass halt semaphore in transfer_table Added malloc free to transfer table fi sets AUTO mt 1 5 fax 100000 7fffff0 for complete thorough burn in before shipping 11 PCI commands ppr works through bridges All PCI commands work with multiple PCI ports 12 Flash programming fu lq command added reports flash type and size for given address fu help amended for MPC8240 special case Added s for sector erase option 13 reg_pci Bus extensions added for MVP CDS Ely 14 reg_spr Command line values i e rm ctr 2 stopped working Fixed HIDO display for A7 A7pm rd SR 0 15 was intentionally suppressed for some reason Fixed Added dfs bits for a7pm 15 reg_swap Purged write_MPC_reg read_MPC_reg 16 reg_tb If no args display RD_LAST If args set RD_LAST 17 shell Fixed error that negative numbers were not converted Inserts emdARG e g RDARG value if any between command and user arguments Will not run AUTO cmd when initialization skipped press a key during startup dlf new command for Excimer dl fl do do n times DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3
58. c exceptl o INC_ALL INC_C exceptl c except2 o S INC_ALL INC_ASM except2 s tgo_tr2 o S INC_ALL INC_ASM go_tr2 s go_trl o INC_ALL INC_C go tric reg_swap o INC_ALL INC_ASM reg_swap s dc_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN dc_tb c downld o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN downld c duart o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN duart c duart h print o S INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN print c board o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN board c duart h asm o S INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN asm c asm_dsm h dsm o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN dsm c asm_dsm h main o S INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK main c errors h arg_tb h reg_tb h duart h DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 H 6 Freescale Semiconductor
59. collected the data is stored there long_ptr A pointer to a long variable If numeric values are collected the value is stored there If more than one argument is collected the value must be transferred elsewhere On exit the args character pointer points to the rest of the command line which is often used by commands for filename collection etc The format of template is a zA Z A letter alone is detected as a b etc or in series such as abc a zA Z A letter followed by is a string argument and is stored in the accompanying str_ptr The argument is re used for multiple string arguments The enclosing switch statement copies or processes the string argument a zA Z A letter followed by is a hexadecimal numeric argument and is converted from hex and stored in the accompanying long_ptr As with the argument is reused on subsequent arguments a zA Z P A letter followed by is a decimal numeric argument and is converted from decimal and stored in the accompanying long_ ptr As with the argument is reused on subsequent arguments If the argument is detected the function more_help is called to show the statically defined text array in this case mycmd_help Embedding the help text in the function allows the shell command processor to have the command and the help in one place DINK32 Reference Manual Rev
60. device on MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card if act MODIFY_TAG if 12C_do_ transaction en_int I2C_MASTER_XMIT eprom_addr addr len xmit_buffer I2C_STOP retry I2C_NO_RESTART I2C_SUCCESS PRINT dev 12C error in master transmit test n return ERROR return SUCCESS E 2 4 12C Driver Library Internals DLI This information is provided to assist in further development of the I2C library to enable the application to operate as an I2C slave device interrupt enabled mode bus retention between consecutive transactions correct handling of device time out no slave device response no acknowledgment I2C bus arbitration loss etc All of these functions are defined as static in the source file drivers 12c 12c1 c E 2 4 1 Common Data Structures and Values These data structures and status values are defined see drivers i2c i2c h for the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C driver library functions These are the offsets in the embedded utilities memory block for the I2C registers define I2CADR 0x00003000 define I2CFDR 0x00003004 define I2CCR 0x00003008 define I2CSR 0x0000300C define I2CDR 0x00003010 typedef enum _i2cstatus I2CSUCCESS 0x3000 I2CADDRESS I2CERROR I2CBUFFFULL I2CBUFFEMPTY I2CXMITERROR I2CRCVERROR I2CBUSBUSY I2CALOSS I2CNOEVENT I2CStatus DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 16 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8
61. e Return I2C_CTRL is the contents of the I2C control register I2CCR DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 17 MPC8240 Drivers Description Read the I2C control register void I2C_Set_Ctrl unsigned int eumbbar I2C_CTRL ctrl e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e ctrl is the contents of the I2C control register I2CCR e Return none Description Set the I2C control register T2CStatus I2C_put unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char rcv_addr unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag unsigned int is_cnt e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e rcv_addr is the receiver s I2C device address e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop_flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e is_cnt 1 this is a restart don t check MBB e 0 this is a not restart check MBB e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Set up to send a buffer of data to the intended rev_addr If stop_flag is set after the whole buffer is sent generate a STOP signal provided that the receiver does not signal the STOP in the middle Caller is the master performing transmitting If no STOP signal is generated at the end of the current transaction the master can generate a START signal to another slave address NOT
62. ee eee 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee ee eee 00000020 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee ee eee 00000030 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee eee 00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 eee ee ee eee 00000050 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 eee ee ee eee 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee ee eee 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 eee ee ee eee 00000020 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee ee eee 00000030 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Le ee ee ee ee eee 00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Lee ee ee ee eee DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 96 Freescale Semiconductor 0000000 0000010 0000020 0000030 0000040 0000050 QO O 0 00 Ooo0ooooo SO O O O O 0 00000050 00 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 cc eeeee cece eeeee 00000000 00000000 00000000 ooccococooooooo 00000000 00000000 00000000 ooccococooooo oo 00000000 00000000 00 90 0000 ooccococmoooo oo 00000000 00000000 00000000 oococococnooo ooo 00000000 00000000 00000000 ooccococnoooo oo 00000000 00000000 OO000000 oocccococnoooo oo 3 87 Shell Escape DINK32 Commands Command escape Abbreviation Syntax args
63. etc 1 5 Memory Map for DINK32 Version 13 3 Introduction The memory model for DINK32 version 13 3 varies with the platform that the image is compiled for with the exception of HPC2 Taiga DINK32 image which is identical to 13 2 memory map seeTable 1 1 The DINK32 and user code space in flash and RAM is as follows The exception vectors and exception code are located within address offsets O0x0000 0x2100 The DINK32 code through OxFFFFF exception table and text sections is copied from EPROM address of 0xFFE00000 to RAM so that the data structures can be modified at run time Data sections that reside at flash address of OxFFFO0000 to the end of the flash area are copied to low address of 0x 100000 This allows bigger space 2MBytes for DINK32 code to grow With version 13 3 the EPROM must be located at address OxFFE00000 The beginning of the exception tables is located at OxFFFOO000 The RAM must be located at address 0x00000000 because this is the low memory exception address space where the DINK32 code will be copied Available user memory space begins at address 0x200000 and ends at the RAM s upper boundary address space below 0x200000 1s reserved for DINK32 DINK32 sets the stack pointer GPR1 to one of the addresses shown for the indicated processor and to maintain isolation between user s and DINK s stack DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 1 5 Introduction On DINK32 version 13 3 each
64. hexadecimal by default a leading amp for decimal and a leading or Ob for binary intermingled with one or more operators 4 Addition E Subtraction ea Multiplication me Division Jo Modulus P Logical OR E Logical AND hd Logical XOR Logical NOT lt lt Shift left gt gt Shift right unsigned Equality t Inequality lt Less than lt Less than or equal gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal Note that no precedence is implemented therefore 1 2 3 returns 9 rather than 7 as precedence would imply Examples VDINK32 MPC750 1 gt gt ex 14 2 3 0x00000009 9 unsigned 9 signed VDINK32 MPC750 4 gt gt ex 4 lt lt 2 0x00000010 16 unsigned 16 signed VDINK32 MPC750 13 gt gt ex 14 2 3 lt lt 4 5 amp 149 0x00000001 1 unsigned 1 signed DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 39 DINK32 Commands 3 27 FILESYS Command filesys Abbreviation fs Syntax rlxlwlillldlalA n notes a addr filename adar addr Builds DINK Boards SANDPOINT MVP Processors All The fs command implements a miniature file system for use with the ide and bootm commands The format is strictly primitive being in essence a track based directory catalog Arguments r file w file d file x file a addr A file n note in l fi
65. host agent setup defaults to direct mode e devepic init Mode 0I1 Ratio 1 7 Initialize the PIC unit this calls the epicInit routine e dev epic ta 0 15 Change the processor task priority register e dev epic en Vector 0 23 Enable a particular interrupt vector e dev epic dis Vector 0 23 Disable a particular interrupt vector e dev epic con Vector 0 23 Print content of a source vector priority register e dev epic con Vector 0 23 Polarity 011 Sense 011 Priority 0 15 Program the source vector priority register e dev epic tmbase Timer 0 3 Display a timer current count register e dev epic tmbase Timer 0 3 Count hex value Inhibit 011 Set enable disable a time base count register e dev epic tment Timer 0 3 Display a timer current count register e dev epic tmdis Timer 0 3 Inhibits counting for a timer e dev epic tmen Timer 0 3 Enables counting for a timer e dev epic ISRCnt Vector 0 23 Address Manually link an ISR to an interrupt vector e dev epic eie External interrupt enable e dev epic eid External interrupt disable Example dev epic init Initialize PIC unit to default mode dev epic init 0 7 Initialize PIC unit to serial mode with a clock ratio of 7 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 46 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers dev epic init 1 Initialize PIC unit to direct mode dev epic en 1 Enable interrupt vector 1 dev epic ta 10 Set the processor t
66. information If no print function is supplied by the application the application must provide a NULL value for this parameter in which case the library will not attempt to access a print function NOTE Each DMA transfer will be configured individually by the function call that initiates the transfer If it is desirable to establish a default configuration these could be added as parameters Alternately the first or most recent transfer configuration values could also be used to establish defaults This function call triggers the DMA library to read the eumbbar so that it is available to the driver so it is a requirement that the application first call DMA Initialize before starting any DMA transfers This could be eliminated if the other functions read the eumbbar if it has not already been done DMA_Status DMA _direct_transfer DMA _INTERRUPT_STEER int_steer DMA_TRANSFER_TYPE type unsigned int source unsigned int dest unsigned int len DMA_CHANNEL channel DMA_SNOOP_MODE snoop e int_steer controls interrupt steering use defined constants as follows DMA_INT_STEER_LOCAL to steer to local processor DMA_INT_STEER_PCI to steer to PCI bus through INTA_ e type is the type of transfer use defined constants as follows DMA_M2M local memory to local memory note at the time of Revision 13 2 this is currently the only one tested DMA_M2P local memory to PCI DMA_P2M PCI to local memory DMA_P2P PCI to PCI e source is the so
67. into their parts with a short explanation Example 1 S010000077726974656D656D2E73726563AA Separated S0 10 0000 77726974656D656D2E73726563 AA Type SO this is a header record Count 10 interpreted as 0x10 indicates that 16 character pairs follow Address 0000 interpreted as 0x0000 The address field for SO is always 0x0000 Data Since this is a header record the information can be interpreted in a number of ways It doesn t really matter since you usually don t use this field for anything interesting Checksum AA the checksum Example 2 S21907000074000000700000003D20DEAD 612 9BEEF3C60000060E0 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 F 2 Freescale Semiconductor S Record Format Description Separated S2 19 070000 74000000700000003D20DEAD 612 9BEEF3C60000060 E o Type S2 the record consists of memory loadable data and the address should be interpreted as 3 bytes Count 19 interpreted as 0x19 indicates that 25 character pairs follow Address 070000 data will be loaded at address 0x00070000 Data Memory loadable data representing executable code Checksum EO checksum Example 2 S804070000F4 Separated S8 04 070000 F4 e Type S8 this is the record with the execution start address it also indicates the end of the s record e Count 04 interpreted as 0x04 indicates that 4 character pairs follow e Address 070000 execution will begin at 0x000
68. is defined in drivers 12c 12c2 s E 4 MPC8240 PIC Interrupt Driver This appendix describes the sample PIC driver source code provided in this DINK32 release and its usage on the Sandpoint reference platform running DINK32 E 4 1 General Description PIC is the programmable interrupt controller feature implemented on Freescale Semiconductor s MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 and on Tundra Semiconductor s Tsil07 It is derived from the open Programmable Interrupt Controller PIC Register Interface Specification R1 2 developed by AMD and Cyrix PIC provides support for up to five external interrupts or one serial style interrupt line supporting 16 interrupts four internal logic driven interrupts DMA0 DMA1 PC LO four global timers and a pass through mode MPC8245 and MPC8241 also add DUART support Please refer to the Programmable Interrupt Controller PIC Unit chapter of the MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 reference manual or to Tundra Semiconductor s 75107 PowerPC Host Bridge User Manual for a more in depth description of PIC For simplicity all manual references in this appendix will be to the MPC8240 Integrated Processor User s Manual however the reader should refer to the corresponding manual for their particular device E 4 2 PIC Specifics Unlike other embedded features of the MPC824x and MPC107 such as DMA and I 0 the PIC unit is accessible from the local processor only The control and status registers of this unit cannot be
69. list of DINK branch labels KEYBOARD 0x0 getchar 0x111b0 putchar 0x11188 TBaselInit 0xd000 TBaseReadLower 0xd018 TBaseReadUpper 0xd024 CacheInhibit Oxce94 InvEnL1Dcache Oxc9d0 DisLlDcache Oxcd9c InvEnLlIcache Oxc9c4 DisLlIcache Oxcdc4 dink_loop 0x367ac dink_printf 0x2ff10 Current list of USER branch labels loop 0x10000c loopl 0x11000c DINK32 MPC7455 8 gt gt DINK32 MPC7455 10 gt gt as 120000 00120000 FFFFFFFF fnmadd 31 31 31 321 vmuleuh v3 v4 v5 00120004 FFFFBFFF fnmadd 31 31 31 23 vmaxsw v4 v5 v6 00120008 FFFFFFFF fnmadd 31 31 31 31 vspltisw v6 0x2000 0012000C BFFFFFFF stmw r31 1 131 x DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 7 DINK32 Commands 3 6 Background Command background Abbreviation bg Syntax lt address gt rsweep wsweep blink halt Builds DINK Boards MVP Processors MPC745X The bg command causes the idling processor on the MVP platform to begin execution of a dedicated task or halts it Arguments address rsweep blink halt If no argument is entered the current run status is shown Examples DINK32 PC7455 CPU1L background DINK32 PC7455 CPUO DINK 13 0 CPU1 running DINK32 PC7455 CPUO DINK 13 0 CPU1 halting DINK32 PC7455 CPUO DINK 13 0 CPU1 idle
70. multiples of the PCI clock as shown in the configuration sheet in the bound manual shipped with the SPX2 system DINK reports these when it boots up Note that the decrementer and timebase operate at 1 4th the bus speed Typically this is 100 MHz so it ticks at a 25 MHz or 40 ns rate The CPU has no concept of the PCI clock speed it could be 1Hz It has no concept of PCI for that matter Only the MPC107 produces the relationship between PCI clock and system bus clock Arguments address Address containing code to benchmark Examples Download a program such as demo src DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt dl k o 70000 Download from Keyboard Port 132 lines received Download complete DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 9 DINK32 Commands Locate a function to stop on in the file xref txt in this case use 0010034 PackagelInfo and set it to illegal instruction 0x0 DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt mm 1002b8 0x001002b8 0x7c0802a6 0 Try it out first and ensure illegal instruction is set at the correct place DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt go 100000 PRESENTING Freescale Semiconductor EXCIMER REFERENCE PLATFORM A MINIMAL Freescale Semiconductor Ss Sir ea zZ A A Program exception 0x00000700 has occurred Current Instruction Pointer 0x001002b8 WORD 0x00000000 Now run the benchmark command note that it runs it with Icache Dcache in all possi
71. n a The source files can be used to build DINK32 VDINK32 or eDINK or MDINK32 The source files are c s and h Other files are makefile and README Freescale Semiconductor uses the Metaware tool set to build MDINK32 and DINK32 in a UNIX environment The syntax of the makefile therefore complies with the make program available on UNIX machines The command to build DINK32 on a UNIX command line is make dink and the command to build MDINK32 is make mdink MDINK32 is a subset of DINK32 Both versions share many source files Of all the files that contribute to the making of MDINK32 the files that MDINK32 does not share with DINK32 is mpar_tb c and mhelp c DINK32 s version of mpar_tb c is par_tb c and mhelp c is help c MDINK is only available on an Excimer board source is no longer supported Both can also be built on UNIX with the GNU gcc tool set using makefile_gcc and on a PC NT with the Metaware tool set using makefile_pc When the make dink command is executed the output files produced by make are put in the obj directory See Figure C 1 DINK32 makefile and readme obj src Figure C 1 DINK32 MDINK32 Directory Organization The directory structure as shown in Figure C 1 consists of a root directory which contains the makefile and readme files as well as the src and obj subdirectories Instructions for building DINK32 are included in the full release DINK32 Ref
72. out card information and the network configurations If TELNET console is to be used an environment variable NETIO must be created by typing env NETIO 1 Then power cycle Sandpoint TFTP download can be invoked by using nw option in the download command There is no difference between using a serial console or a remote TELNET console The following is an example of how to use TELNET console after setting up the NIC Firstly use ni command to verify network status DINK32 MPC7410 14 gt gt ni NETWORK INFORMATION PCI CARD Type 8139 10EC on slot 15 SETTINGS SERVER TFTP 16 11 105 182 GATEWAY gt 16 11 105 254 NETMASK 20052005200 50 DHCP 0 90 Os lt 0 CLIENT DINK 16 11 105 163 DHCP Disabled Then run telsrv from DINK32 to start the telnet server From a remote host computer run TELNET client to the DINK IP address shown above For example from a DOS console do Microsoft R Windows NT TM C Copyright 1985 1996 Microsoft Corp C gt telnet 16 11 105 163 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor G 1 Networking Support No login is required The initial prompt is DINK32 TELNET gt gt To close the connection gracefully disconnect from client Telnet window To re direct console back to the serial type in Control D i e hold control key and the letter D at the same time G 1 Troubleshooting Hi
73. platform has slightly different memory maps For the memory maps of the DINK32 version 13 3 supported platforms see main c 1 6 eDINK Memory Map Unlike processors that implement the classic PowerPC architecture the e500 is based on the embedded PowerPC architecture Book E These processors use TLBs rather than BAT registers For a detailed description of TLB entries and how to program them refer to the MPC8540 PowerQUICC III Integrated Host Processor Reference Manual or the MPC8560 PowerQUICC III Integrated Host Processor Reference Manual At reset a 4K memory space is predefined starting at OxFFFF_FO00 with supervisor read write and execute permission This memory area is caching inhibited This startup code in startup S sets up the processor the TLBs to enable more than 4K the local access windows LAWS to access internal peripherals and then corresponding embedded device setup Note that the CCSRBAR is relocated from the default OxFF70_0000 to OxFCOO_0000 Once initialization is complete and the system has been set up the memory map shown in Table 1 2 is available Table 1 2 eDINK Memory Map Start Address End Address Me TLB LAW BR OR Description FFOO_0000 FFFF_FFFF 16 0 0 0 Flash array 1 FE00_0000 FEFF_FFFF 16 1 Flash array 2 FD10_0000 FDFF_FFFF 15 Unused FDOO_0000 FDOF_FFFF 1 2 8K NVRAM FC10_0000 FCFF_FFFF 15 Unused FC00_0000 F
74. registered interrupt service routine ISR for each interrupt vector Currently the structure is initialized such that each vector ISR address is 0x0 This can be modified such that each defaults to a catch all ISR address instead of 0x0 As each interrupt vector is set up an ISR must be registered with PIC via the epicISRConnect routine in the epic1 c source file This routine takes the ISR function name and stores the address of that function in the ISR address structure location corresponding to the interrupt vector number Although each interrupt s vector priority register allows the vector number to range from 0 to 255 this structure limits the vector number range to 0 25 So as each interrupt s vector priority register is set up the 8 bit vector field value must match the vector number location in the structure E 4 5 PIC Sample Routines The PIC sample routines are contained in the epicl c and epic2 s files All C language routines are in epicl c and all Assembly language routines are in epic2 s These routines along with the structure described in E 4 4 PIC Cross Reference Table Structure can be used as sample code for systems using the PIC Unit E 4 6 PIC Commands in DINK32 describes how these routines are used by DINK32 E 4 5 1 Low Level Routines The following routines are in the epic2 s source file e External interrupt control routines CoreExtIntEnable enables external interrupts by setting the MSR EE bit
75. remote agent processor is not yet implemented Of the various DMA transfer control options implemented in MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 the only ones currently available in this release of the DMA library are source address destination address length channel interrupt steering and snoop enable Overview This document consists of these parts E 1 3 An application program interface API that provides a very simple generic application level programmatic interface to the DMA driver library that hides all details of the MPC38240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the interface that is the control register status register embedded utilities memory block etc Features provided by the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 implementation that may or may not be common with other implementations that is not generic DMA operations are made available to the application however the interface is controlled by passing parameters defined in the API rather than the application having to have any knowledge of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 implementation i e registers embedded utilities memory block etc The API will be expanded to include chaining mode and additional DMA transfer control features in future releases DMA API functions showing the following How the function is called that is function prototype parameter definitions possible return values and a brief description of what the function does An explanatio
76. shell functions enhancements wait command waits for time or keyboard for scripts id command usable on more platforms Command line arguments can be entered as hex default with or without leading 0x decimal with a leading 82 or binary with a leading ex command expression calculator with no operator precedence supports values hex dec bin as per the above and amp lt lt gt gt gt gt lt lt Command lines can be recalled from the history buffer with a VT52 VT102 up arrow down arrow command Requires VT emulation to be enabled on the terminal emulator program Command lines can be edited with VTxx sequences left and right arrows move left and right in the command line DEL deletes to the end of the line Version 13 0 November 1 2002 Extensive rewrite to all commands to use the interactive shell and the command line parser it provides The parser and tokenizer toolbox is gone arg_tb rfs_tb tok tok_tb help adding and modifying commands is vastly simpler Networking support for the RealTek 8239 is added TELNET to DINK supported TFTP downloads supported Default baud rate of 115200 changed Most IO is channeled through iolib c facilitating IO redirection for VDINK and other platforms DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor A 5 History of DINK32 Changes 5
77. the field to the SPR register name DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd msr emcp EMCP 1 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt Lastly the rd command can display and decode all BAT registers four or eight of each depending on the processor DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd bats IBAT BLOCK ADDRESS SIZE REPLACEMENT ADDR WIMG PROT VALID 0 00000000 0FFFFFFF 256MB 00000000 0FFFFFFF 0011 R W S P 1 FF000000 FFFFFFFF 256MB FF000000 FFFFFFFF 1011 R W SPP 2 off 3 NG ake off DBAT BLOCK ADDRESS SIZE REPLACEMENT ADDR WIMG PROT VALID 0 00000000 0FFFFFFF 256MB 00000000 0FFFFFFF 0011 R W s P dl FF000000 FFFFFFFF 256MB FF000000 FFFFFFFF 1011 R W SP 2 80000000 8FFFFFFF 256MB 80000000 8FFFFFFF 1111 R W s P 3 o DINK32 MPC750 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 78 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 65 REGMOD Command regmod Abbreviation rm Syntax rm bl hl w r l fl v s spr_name fieldname nb field_name value Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The rm command will display the contents of the specified registers and then prompt for a new value to set the register This command offers the user numerous options for viewing different sets or portions of the PowerPC register file as well as for Northbridge or PCI registers NOTE Changes to registers
78. 0 00000000 00000000 000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 000000 00000000 0 0 0 0 160110 160140 0 160150 FEETE PRET PELL 0000 00000000 0000 00000000 0000 00000000 ELLE LELET EEL 0000 00000000 ko Oomhwoooho o Omw0o0ovo0o ELETEBEE Tree reer ffffffff 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 frffffftft TTffff ffffffff 00000000 O O O Fir Hh Oomooo o 3 48 Memory Search Command memsrch Abbreviation ms Syntax ms n s m mask lt addr1 gt lt addr2 gt lt value gt Builds All Boards All Processors All The memsrch command searches all memory between the first and second addresses for the third the 32 bit search value If the second address is less than the first address an error message is returned and no search is performed Matching addresses are printed DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 61 DINK32 Commands Arguments n Causes non matching lines to be printed S Causes value to be treated as a literal string to search for m mask Both value and values read from memory are AND ed with mask first This allows partial non 32bit comparisons addr1 First address to search addr2 Last address to search inclusive value Value to search memory for hexadecimal value or string if s used Examples DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt md 160100 160120 0x00160100 10ff7 00 OO 00 ff202
79. 000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 60 000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0000 000 0010 O OO 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 10 00 C10 O 0 3 52 Northbridge Modify RevTAbt 0 66MHZ_c 1 SigTAbt 0 Command northbridge modify Abbreviation nm Syntax nm vebhw nb_reg nb_reg field_name value Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The NM command is used to display and modify the contents of registers in the Northbridge NB device a general term for a CPU to PCI interface Arguments Display and modify using fields Display using verbose bit expansion format Used when verbose mode is overridden by ENV RDOPT Display and modify NB registers as a byte Display and modify NB registers as a halfword Displays and modify NB registers as a word Name or PCI index of register to display and modify DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 66 Freescale Semiconductor c gt field If appended to register name limits display to the following register field name DINK32 Commands value If is appended to a register or register field the supplied value is used to set the register register field without further prompting from the user Examples DINK32 MPC8245 7 gt gt nm stat Status 0x06 STAT Ox00A0 000000
80. 001000 00002000 6E48 3 14 DEVDISP Command devdisp Abbreviation dd Syntax dd device bl hl w rs a devaddr addr1 addr2 Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The devdisp command displays the contents of memory or device registers in a manner similar to that of the memory display command While it displays memory as normal it also handles the one or two levels of indirection necessary to access memory or registers within IO devices Arguments device The name of the device If not entered a list of known devices is shown r Displays data byte reversed DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 18 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands S Summarizes data if the current line of data is the same as the previous line only is printed b h w Sets size of device accesses If not specified the default size is bytes for devices as shown in the device listing a addr Sets the subaddress for a device Used for I C EEPROM access which is typically 0x50 0x57 addr1 The starting address to display addr2 The optional ending address The dd command with no parameters will display a list of all the known devices Examples DINK32 MPC750 1 gt gt dd Device Start End Sizes Device Addr mem 00000000 FFFFFFFF BHW nvram 00000000 00000FFF B I2C 00000000 0000007F B 50 rte 00000080 000000FF B
81. 0010100000 O arana ote PERR PERR Detected Thay Bue ld SERR SERR Asserted EN AAN RcevMAbt Received Master Abort O PE RevTAbt Received Target Abort O A SigTAbt Signalled Target Abort E liada DEVSELtm DEVSEL timing lineas DPARDet Data Parity Error iii FastB2Bc Fast Back to Back Capable Fae a SaReSSSe Thies ee ats 66MHZ_c 66MHz Capable New value VDINK32 MPC8245 4 gt gt nm stat perr PERR 0 New field value lbit 1 VDINK32 MPC8245 5 gt gt nd stat Status 0x06 STAT 0x80A0 1000000010100000 a li PERR PERR Detected E ie egaa E SERR SERR Asserted A EA EE RcvMAbt Received Master Abort o ls e E RevTAbt Received Target Abort NN arated SigTAbt Signalled Target Abort irte DEVSELtm DEVSEL timing la DPARDet Data Parity Error A FastB2Bc Fast Back to Back Capable E P SERS E 66MHZ_c 66MHz Capable VDINK32 MPC8245 9 gt gt nm stat perr 0 VDINK32 MPC8245 10 gt gt nd stat Status 0x06 STAT Ox00A0 000000001 10100000 PERR PERR Detected SERR SERR Asserted RcevMAbt RevTAbt SigTAbt DEVSELtm Received Master Abort Received Target Abort Signalled Target Abort DEVSEL timing DPARDet FastB2Bc Data Parity Error Fast Back to Back Capable DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 67 DINK32 Commands 66MHZ_c 66MHz Capable 3 53 Net Info Command net info Abbreviation n
82. 001181 4 0x7c032000 0x001181 8 0x4182ffe4 DINK32 MPC750 GPR21 72 1181dc 1181 f8 addis r03 r00 0x0000 ori r03 r03 0x1234 addis r04 r00 0x0000 ori r04 r04 0x5678 add r03 r03 r04 addi r04 r04 0x1234 cmp 0 0 r03 r04 be 0x0c 0x02 Oxffe4 gt gt bkpt 118114 breakpoint set at 0x001181f4 DI 0x0 DI 0x0 DI K32 01181 K32 01181 MPC750 gt gt go Breakpoint Lf4 cmp 0 0 MPC750 gt gt go Breakpoint 1f4 cmp 0 O K32 MPC750 gt gt go 1181dc Encountered COS 104 Encountered r03 r04 fe010000 root dev fsx readonly BootX bootloader V1 0 66 cmdline root dev fsx readonly DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 47 DINK32 Commands 3 34 GPIC Command gpic Abbreviation gpic Syntax gpic command Builds DINK Boards MVP Processors All The gpic command is used on the MPV reference platform only The gpic commands are used to initialize the Galileo Discovery programmable interrupt controller GPIC The initialization process sets the system up in a default configuration for the MVP platform This default configuration initializes the discovery multi purpose pins MPP general purpose port GPP and interrupt controller The interrupt scheme on MVP utilizes the MPP on Discovery to map several of the GPP pins to serve as the external interrupt source inputs
83. 03 gt 3 0x01 gt 20x07 gt 4 config 8 bit hex value from 0x00 0xFF Default 0x00 See ADT7461 data sheet for an in depth description of these bits BitNameFunction TMASK10 ALERT Enabled 1 ALERT Masked 6RUN STOPO Run 1 Standby SALERT THERM20 ALERT 1 THERM2 4 3Reserved 2Temp Range0 0 127 degC 1 Extended Range 1 OReserved Examples The following command will change the external temperature high limit register in the ADT7461 to 0x20 32degC DINK32 MPC7448 gt gt ct x 0x20 The following command will change the conversion rate register in the ADT7461 to 0x03 3 DINK32 MPC7448 gt gt ct c 0x03 While not shown here after each ct command the register values of the ADT7461 will be displayed in table form DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 16 Freescale Semiconductor 3 12 CPUINFO DINK32 Commands Command cpuinfo Abbreviation ci Syntax ci pvr Builds All Boards All Processors All The ci command displays the internal database of CPU specific features known and used by DINK Unless a PVR value is supplied the current CPU is described Arguments pyr 32 bit PVR value of the processor to display Examples DINK32 MPC74551 1 gt gt ci Processor Name Processor Class Exception handler L1I D Cache Size L2 Cache Size L3 External Cache TLBs BATS Floating Point AltiVec PCI Embedded RapidIO Ports Ethernet Ports MPC7455 Apollo
84. 0c mfspr R03 0x00000001 Oh g r04 s0274 3 79 Upload Command upload Abbreviation up Syntax up kl h b o offset p usec start_addr end_addr Builds All Boards All Processors All DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 91 DINK32 Commands The upload command sends memory contents to the serial port in a binary or S record format Arguments k Send memory to the keyboard console port h Send memory to the host b Send in binary format Otherwise S records are sent o offset Add offset to the addresses generated for S records Does not apply to binary downloads pusec Add a usec delay to each character sent for binary or each line for S records This may be needed for slow capture devices start_addr Starting address to send end_addr Ending address to send Example DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt ul 100 200 S00600004844521B s71500000100600000006000000060000000600000006000000060000000 3 80 Virtual Host File Command virtual hostfile Abbreviation vhf Syntax vhf r filename Builds VDINK Boards None Processors All The vhf command specifies the name of the source file that will be used when IO operations are performed to the host port under VDINK Typically used with the DL commands to load S record or binary files into the virtual memory space Arguments r t
85. 100 00000041 00000042 00000043 00000044 0x00160110 00000045 00000046 00000047 00000048 0x00160120 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0x00160130 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt md 160260 0x00160260 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0x00160270 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0x00160280 00000000 00000000 00000000 24002400 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 56 Freescale Semiconductor DI 0x 0x 0x DI 0x 0x 0x Oo SO K32 MPC74 0160260 00 0160270 00 0160280 00 K32 MPC74 0160260 00 0160270 00 0160280 00 01 gt gt md w 160260 0 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 2400 2400 01 gt gt md r 160260 00000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000 00000000 00000000 00240024 3 44 Memory Fill DINK32 Commands Command memtfill Abbreviation mf Syntax mf lt addr1 gt lt addr2 gt lt value gt Builds All Boards All Processors All The memfill command writes the fill value a 32 bit hex value to every memory location between the two addresses specified Arguments addr1 addr2 value Examples DI DI DI DI Ox Ox Ox Ox Ox DI DI Ox Ox Ox Ox Ox 0 0100 K32 MPC75 K32 MPC75 K32 MPC75 K32 MPC75 0100120 89 0100130 89 0100140 00 0100150 00 0100160
86. 100100 ABCDEFO1 lt gt 00200100 ABCDEFFF 1 difference s found DINK32 MPC750 gt gt mc 400000 500200 200000 64551 difference s found DINK32 MPC750 gt gt 3 43 Memory Display Command memdisp Abbreviation md Syntax md b h w r start end Builds All Boards All Processors All The memdisp command displays data stored in the specified memory locations The display will always be aligned on a 16 byte boundary in which the address given will be included By default md displays up to nine lines of data and then pauses waiting for lt return gt before continuing unless the end address has been reached This number can be changed with the ENV LINES value The start address is normalized to the previous quad word boundary Likewise the ending address is normalized to the next quad word boundary For example if the start address was 0x00100104 then the first memory address to be displayed would be 0x00100100 If the end address was 0x00100104 then the last memory location to be displayed would be 0x0010010C Arguments b Display data as bytes h Display data as halfwords W Display data as words default r Display data as byte reversed data start The starting address to display Display from the starting address to the end of memory end Display from the starting address to the ending address Examples DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt md 160100 160130 0x00160
87. 103E8 lfd f0 1000 r1 DINK32 MPC7455 6 gt gt ds 110000 00110000 00BC614E word 00bc614e 00110004 00000034 word 00000034 00110008 ABCDEFO8 lha r30 4344 r13 0011000C 7C221851 loopl subti lj 725 63 00110010 4C820020 bnelr 0 oclr 4 2 00110014 4BFFFFF8 b 1114124 0x11000c loopl 00110018 FFFFFEFF fnmadd ESLa EST EZ EST 0011001C FFFFFFFF fnmadd E3ly ESL 317 EST 00110020 FFFF7FFF fnmadd Ed AE Sig EO EL 00110024 FFFFFFFF fnmadd 3 Ly ES Est 31 00110028 BFFFFFFF stmw r31 1 131 0011002C FBFFFFEF word fbffffef 00110030 FFFFFFFF fnmadd Pak ES LES dye 31 00110034 FFFFFF9F fctiwz P32 E3Sl 00110038 FFFFFEFF fnmadd PSL EST 27 31 0011003C EFFFEFFE fnmadds Body Bodies OG E29 00110040 FFFFFFFF fnmadd E315 Esl EBI E3l 00110044 DFFFFFFF stfdu 31 1 r31 00110048 FFFBFFFF fnmadd PSL E207 ES ES 0011004C FFFFFFFF fnmadd ESL E31 31 31 00110050 FFFFFFFF fnmadd 3d ES B31 EST 00110054 7FFFBFFF sword 7fffbfff DINK32 MPC74551 7 gt gt st Current list of DINK branch labels KEYBOARD 0x0 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 22 Freescale Semiconductor getchar putchar TBaselnit TBaseReadLower TBaseReadUpper CacheInhibit InvEnLlDcache DisLlDcache InvEnLlIcache DisLlIcache dink_loop dink_printf 0x111b0 0x11188 0xd000 0xd018 0xd024 Oxce94 Oxc9d0 Oxcd9c Oxc9c4 Oxcdc4 0x367ac 0x2ff10 Current list of USER branch l
88. 163 11 104 199 PING 163 11 104 199 from 163 11 104 198 64 bytes from 163 11 104 199 64 bytes from 163 11 104 199 64 bytes of data icmp_seq 0 tt1 20 time 0 004 ms icmp_seg 1 tt1 20 time 0 004 ms 64 bytes from 163 11 104 199 icmp_seq 2 tt1 20 time 0 004 ms 64 bytes from 163 11 104 199 icmp_seq 3 tt1 20 time 0 004 ms gt 163 11 104 199 ping statistics 4 packets transmitted 4 packets received 0 packet loss 3 63 PX Command e500 performance register display Abbreviation px Syntax px Builds eDINK Boards Mars Processors e500 MPC85xx The px command will display the names and register numbers of all the e500 performance registers Examples edink MPC85x0 9 gt gt px e500 PERFORMANCE MONITOR REGISTERS Perf Mon Number Register Name UPMCO 0 User Performance Monitor Counter 0 Reflects PMCO UPMC1 1 User Performance Monitor Counter 1 Reflects PMC1 UPMC2 2 User Performance Monitor Counter 2 Reflects PMC2 UPMC3 3 User Performance Monitor Counter 3 Reflects PMC3 PMCO 16 Supervisor Performance Monitor Counter 0 PMC1 17 Supervisor Performance Monitor Counter 1 PMC2 18 Supervisor Performance Monitor Counter 2 PMC3 19 Supervisor Performance Monitor Counter 3 UPMLCa0 128 User Local Control A Register 0 UPMLCal 129 User Local Control A Register 1 UPMLCa2 130 User Local Control A Register 2 UPMLCa3 131 User Local Control A
89. 2 mpc7455 4 gt gt he sandpoint mpcl07 dink command list command mnemonic command mnemonic about ab assemble code as DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 84 Freescale Semiconductor benchmark code bm boot program bo vdink32 mpc7455 5 gt gt stty ouclc 3 71 Switch CPU DINK32 Commands Command switchcpu Abbreviation sc Syntax sc Builds DINK Boards MVP Processors All The sc command is used to select between the primary CPU 0 and secondary CPU 1 processors in a multi processor environment Subsequent DINK commands including go are handled by the selected processor Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC7450 0 RO3 0x12341234 DINK32 MPC7450 0 DINK32 MPC7450 1 R03 OxABCDABCD DINK32 MPC7450 1 3 72 SX ord gt gt Pa gt gt rd r3 sc rd r3 Command special p urpose register display Abbreviation sx Syntax SX Builds DINK Boards all Processors all The sx command will display the names and register numbers of all the special purpose registers Examples edink MPC85x0 36 gt gt sx SP SPR XER LR umber ECIAL PURPOSE REGISTERS Register Name cr FXU Exception Register Link Register DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 85 DINK32 Commands
90. 240 Drivers These structures reflect the bit assignments of the I2C registers typedef struct _i2c_ctrl unsigned int reserved0 24 unsigned int men 1 unsigned int mien 1 unsigned int msta 1 unsigned int mtx 1 unsigned int txak 1 unsigned int rsta 1 unsigned int reservedl 2 I2C_CTRL typedef struct _i2c_stat unsigned int rsrv0 24 unsigned int mcf 1 unsigned int maas 1 unsigned int mbb 1 unsigned int mal 1 unsigned int rsrvl 1 unsigned int srw 1 unsigned int mif 1 unsigned int rxak 1 I2C_STAT Values to indicate receive or transmit mode typedef enum _i2c_mode RCV 0 XMIT 1 I2C_MODE E 2 5 MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C Driver Library Internals Function Descriptions T2CStatus I2C_Init unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char fdr unsigned char addr unsigned int en_int e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e fdr is the frequency divider value used to set the I2C clock rate e addr is the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C slave device address e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status 1 enable 0 disable e Return 2CStatus return value is always IZCSUCCESS Description Set the frequency divider IZCFDR FDR listening address IZCADR 7 1 and interrupt enable mode 2CCR MIEN I2C_CTRL I2C_Get_Ctrl unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block
91. 3 3 5 4 15 L3 clock divider msug2 late ddr pb2 L3 SRAM type cksp 2 cksp 3 cksp 4 cksp 5 Clock sample points psp 0 psp 1 psp 2 psp 3 psp 4 psp 5 L3 sample points do dmen cya dmiM dm2M rep L2 options L2 replacement algorithm DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 34 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands In addition the values 0 and OFF are allowed to prevent any other initialization attempts see identify Examples DINK32 MPC7450 env L3CACHE 0x9F032000 DINK32 MPC7450 env L3CACHE 2M 3 msug2 cksp 3 psp 3 rep 3 24 6 ENV L3PRIVATE Encoding The L3PRIVATE environment variable specifies a value to be used in setting the L3PM private memory register The value may be a hexadecimal value which is copied to the L3PM as is Examples The following will enable the L3 as 1MB of private memory at address range 0x0D00_0000 OxODOF_FFFF The L3 interface will be set up as L3 cache disabled parity enabled L3CLK 5 L3CKSP 4 clocks DDR SRAM private memory enabled for 1MB DINK32 MPC7450 env L3PRIVATE 0x00D00000 DINK32 MPC7450 env L3CACHE 0x4F820004 3 24 7 ENV ONTR Encoding The ONTR environment command can be used to cause a command to be automatically executed after every GO or TR command It is often
92. 3 2 Make a special request to receive this version of the software e Section E 1 MPC8240 DMA Memory Controller e Section E 2 MPC8240 I2C Driver Library e Section E 3 MPC8240 I20 Doorbell Driver e Section E 4 MPC8240 PIC Interrupt Driver E 1 MPC8240 DMA Memory Controller This section provides information about the generic application program interface API to the DMA driver library as well as information about the implementation of the DMA driver library internals DLI specific to MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 E 1 1 Background The intended audience for this document is assumed to be familiar with the DMA protocol This is a companion document to the MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 specifications and other documentation which collectively give details of the DMA protocol and the MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 implementation This document provides information about the software written to access the DMA interface for MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 This software is intended to assist in the development of higher level applications software that uses the DMA interface DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 1 MPC8240 Drivers E 1 2 NOTE At the time of Revision 13 2 the DMA driver software is currently under development The only mode that is functional is a direct transfer chaining is not yet implemented Only transfers to and from local memory have been tested Controlling a
93. 3 83 Virtual Simulator on page 3 94 wait Section 3 84 Wait on page 3 95 watch Section 3 85 Watch on page 3 95 while Section 3 86 While on page 3 96 Section 3 87 Shell Escape on page 3 97 3 3 2 Period Command Repeat last command Abbreviation Syntax Builds All Boards All Processors All Typing a period will repeat the last command entered Unlike other commands a at the start of a line is immediately handled and does not require carriage return enter In addition does not change the last command on the history stack Therefore when tracing a program you can use to step to the next location Arguments None DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 4 Freescale Semiconductor Examples DINK32 MPC750 1 gt gt trace 102100 0x00102104 stw r13 Oxfff8 r01 DINK32 MPC750 2 gt gt trace 0x00102108 add r03 r00 r01 DINK32 MPC750 2 gt gt 0x0010210c mfspr r04 s0274 DINK32 Commands 3 4 About Command about Abbreviation ab Syntax ab Builds All Boards All Processors All The about command displays information on the current implementation of the DINK32 monitor Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC603r 3 gt gt ab Version Released Written by System MPC7450 V2 3 1250 MHz Memory 133 MHz Processor Memory
94. 32 uses the I2C API in both currently implemented modes master transmit and master receive The DINK32 program runs interactively to allow the user to transmit or receive a buffer of data from an I2C device at address 0x50 on the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card DINK32 obtains information from the user as follows read write mode I2C device address for the data this is the address of the data on the I2C device not the I2C bus address of the device itself which 1s hard coded in DINK32 the raw data 1f in write mode and the length of the data to transfer to or from the device Note that the initialization call to configure the I2C interface is actually made only once the first time the user requests an I2C transmit or receive operation Each transmit or receive operation is performed by a single call to an I2C API function The DINK32 program is an interactive application so it gives the I2C library access to its own print output function These are the steps DINK32 takes to perform a master transmit transaction 1 Call I2C_Initialize if needed to set the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C address polling mode and identify the optional print function 2 Call I2C_do_transaction to transmit the buffer of data These are the steps DINK32 takes to perform a master receive transaction in polling mode 1 Call I2C_Initialize if needed to set the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C address polling mode and identify the optional print function 2 Ca
95. 3ff ff0402ff Pei 0x00160110 OOF 00 OO 00 f f5008 4T4A4T4A s s s PGAGA 0x00160120 O0efef00 OOF 00 FFO100FE fO00B0 DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt ms 160100 160120 ff5008ff 0x00160118 1 occurrances found 0 6 DINK32 MPC74 gt gt ms n 160100 160120 O 0x001 oo 9 occurrances found DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt ms s 160100 160120 GAGA 0x0016011C 1 occurrances found 3 49 Memory Test Command memtest Abbreviation mt Syntax mt d dev bl hl w xvatqN m max I loop addr1 addr2 Builds All Boards All Processors All The memtest command performs various memory tests on local memory or device registers Arguments d dev Test the indicated device instead of memory Use the dm command to get a list of devices NOTE testing non volatile IC EEPROM devices can destroy valuable information as well as reduce the life expectancy of those devices b h w Sets size of memory device tests If not specified the default size is bytes for devices as shown in the device listing Memory can be tested in any size while devices DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 62 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands may be limited to bytes If not specified the default size is word for memory and bytes for devices l loop Specify the number of times the memory test should perform all tests If not specified
96. 40 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the I2C interface DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 12 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers e 2C DLI functions showing the following How the function is called i e function prototype Parameter definition Possible return values Brief description of what the function does E 2 3 12C Application Program Interface API E 2 3 1 API Functions Description The I2C API function prototypes defined return values and enumerated input parameter values are declared in drivers i2c i2c_export h The functions are defined in the source file drivers 12c 12c1 c I2C_Status I2C_Initialize unsigned char addr I2C_INTERRUPT_MODE en_int int app_print_function char e addr is the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C slave device address e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status I2C_INT_ENABLE enable I2C_INT_DISABLE disable e app_print_function is the address of the optional application s print function otherwise NULL if not available e Return I2C_Status return value is either I2C_SUCCESS or I2C_ERROR Description Configure the I2C library prior to use as follows The interrupt enable should be set to 12C_INT_DISABLE the I2C library at the time of Revision 13 2 only supports polling mode The slave address can be set to the I2C listening address of the device running the application program but the DLI does not yet support the applicatio
97. 7 or MPC3240 Fixed command termination character x so it will not restart if unexpected Fixed problems with double prompts printed on startup with DCACHE Implement a new makefile makefile_gcc and conform the DINK code to build with the gcc eabi compatible compiler for processors that implement the PowerPC architecture Build and load works all memory features are broken This will be fixed in the next release Implemented flash programming for PCI hosted boot ROM on YK SP platforms The command fl h transfers 512k from a specified memory location to the flash Added share memory between host and agent targets using the address translation unit ATU Version 11 0 2 June 1 1999 Fixed invalid caching on MPC603 MPC603 does not reset the cache invalidate bits in hardware so added the facility in software Detects MPC107 About command now reports board and processor identification Improved the help facility Added makefiles for the PC makefile_pc in every directory DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor A 9 History of DINK32 Changes A 10 Version 11 0 1 May 1 1999 Not Released 1 Change the location of stack pointer load save DINK code now occupies through 0x0080000 NOTE User code must not start earlier than 0x0090000 Fixed vector alignment Fixed VSCR register implementation issue Fixed access issue for registers VRSAVE RSCR FPSCR RTCU RTCL and RPA Fixed HID1 display for
98. 70000 e Data None this field is unused for S8 records e Checksum F4 checksum F 4 Summary of Formats Table F 2 summarizes the length in characters bytes of each field for the different S record types It is useful as a reference when parsing records manually during debug Table F 2 Summary of Formats in Bytes Type Count Address Data Checksum SO 2 N A 0 60 2 S1 2 2 byte address 0 64 2 S2 2 3 byte address 0 64 2 s3 2 4 byte address 0 64 2 S5 2 2 byte count 0 2 S7 2 4 byte execution address 0 2 S8 2 3 byte execution address 0 2 S9 2 4 byte execution address 0 2 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor F 3 S Record Format Description DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 F 4 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix G Networking Support This section describes internal mechanism and usage of DINK networking functionality The purpose is to allow DINK users to access and download code to the reference platforms more conveniently Current TCP IP stack in DINK implements e TFTP client e Non concurrent single user TELNET server e PING program based on ICMP ARP server Before using any network functions user may use a RealTek8 139 PCI NIC into one of the PCI slots or use an internal networking interface such as eTSEC then run ni 1 command from DINK shell This command will scan PCI bus for acceptable NIC type Follow the prompt instruction to fill
99. 89 K32 MPC75 K32 MPC75 0100120 89 0100130 89 0100140 00 0100150 00 OOOO 50 0100160 89898989 O0oooo 8 8 8 8 8 First address to fill Last address to fill inclusive Value to fill memory with gt gt mf 100000 100200 89898989 gt gt memfill 100100 100200 89898989 gt gt memfill 100140 10015c 00000000 gt gt memdisp 100120 100160 98989 89898989 89898989 89898989 98989 89898989 89898989 89898989 00000 00000000 O 00000 00000000 O 98989 89898989 8 gt gt mf 100144 1 gt gt md 100120 1 98989 89898989 8 98989 89898989 8 00000 44444444 0 00000 00000000 O 000000 00000000 000000 00000000 9898989 89898989 0144 44444444 0160 9898989 89898989 9898989 89898989 000000 00000000 000000 00000000 89898989 89898989 89898989 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 57 DINK32 Commands 3 45 Memory Info Command meminfo Abbreviation mi Syntax mi b c r s n no w no Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The meminfo command displays or controls various memory controller settings including the following e memory bank settings e DIMM SODIMM SPD EEPROM data e comparison between SPD data and memory controller settings meminfo can also be used to correct memory controller settings based on the IC SPD information or to initialize the 12C SPD information for non
100. AL eumbbar 3 I20SUCCESS PRINT Cannot enable agent s inbound doorbell interrupt n else PRINT Enabled agent s inbound doorbell interrupt n break case 3 disable agent s inbound DB register interrupts if I20DBDisable LOCAL eumbbar 3 I20SUCCESS PRINT Cannot disable agent s inbound doorbell interrupt n else PRINT Disabled agent s inbound doorbell interrupt n break ifdef DBG_I20 case 4 120_ISR_agent break tendif E 3 1 4 3 Descriptions of the 1 0 Library Functions I20STATUS I20DBEnable LOCATION loc unsigned int base unsigned int in_db e loc LOCAL or REMOTE Use LOCAL if called from agent REMOTE if called from host This controls the use of the base parameter as PCSR 1f REMOTE or EUMB if LOCAL and selection of outbound if REMOTE or inbound if LOCAL mask registers e base is the base address of PCSR or EUMB e in_db is used for LOCAL to control enabling of doorbell and or machine check e Returns ROSUCCESS Description Enable the specified doorbell interrupt by clearing the appropriate mask bits I20STATUS I20DBDisable LOCATION loc unsigned int base unsigned int in_db e Same as RODBEnable but it disables the specified interrupts by setting the mask bits unsigned int I20DBGet LOCATION loc unsigned int base e loc LOCAL or REMOTE Use LOCAL if called from agent REMOTE if called from host This controls the use of the base parameter as PCSR 1f REMOT
101. ASM reset s S ASB reset s resetl o INC_ALL INC_ASM resetl s S ASB resetl s except21l o S INC_ALL INC_ASM except2l s S ASL except2l s reg_swap o S INC_ALL INC_ASM reg_swap s ASL reg_swap s go_tr2 o INC_ALL INC_ASM go_tr2 s ASL go_tr2 s ELLOS CCobj c INC_ALL config h INC_C dink h INC_TOK tok_tb h toks h INC_GEN errors h cpu h DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor H 5 AAA AAA Converting Dink32 to Little Endian INC_ASM dink_asm h yellowknife h reg_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK INC_GEN reg_tb c reg_tb h reg_spr o INC_ALL INC_C S INC_TOK INC_GEN reg_spr c reg_tb h mem_tb o INC_ALL INC_C S INC_TOK S INC_GEN mem_tb c tok_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK tok_tb c arg_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK INC_GEN arg_tb c rfs_tb h rfs_tb o INC_ALL S INC_C S INC_GEN rfs_tb c rfs_tb h par_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK par_tb c errors h toks o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK toks c errors h err_tb o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK err_tb c err_tb h errors o INC_ALL INC_C INC_GEN errors c help o INC_ALL INC_C INC_TOK help c arg_tb h rfs_tb h errors h brk_pts o INC_ALL S INC_C INC_GEN brk_pts c brk_pts h sublib o INC_ALL INC_C S INC_GEN sublib c netrixl o INC_ALL netrixl c netrix o INC_ALL netrix
102. Arguments aaddr hex address that ulmage kernel program is located b string boot arguments to pass to Linux l addr location of boot info structure and the boot args passed to Linux n no verify disables verification of images raddr ramdisk hex address that ulmage ramdisk is located tn time to wait in seconds before booting useful with autoboot see examples below for more V verbose output same as enabling verbose through environment variable VERBOSE Examples and notes IMAGE BUILDING To build a ulmage kernel if it is not done automatically through kernel compile use the mkimage command as follows mkimage A ppc 0O linux T kernel C none a 01000000 e 01000000 n Linux 2 6 15 d vmlinux bin uImage To build a ulmage ramdisk run a command as below Note that the ramdisk can be compressed since Linux will do the decompression mkimage A ppc 0O linux T ramdisk C gzip a 02000000 e 02000000 n Linux Ramdisk Image qd ramdisk img gzip uRamdisk To build a ulmage user program mkimage A ppc 0O u boot T standalone C none a 01000000 e 01000000 n Hello_World qd userprog bin ulmage userprog uc DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 11 DINK32 Commands AUTOBOOT To autoboot set the environment variable BOOT equal to the arguments desired to be passed to the bootm command Any options passed to the bootm command can be put in the BOOT environment variable Be sure to set the tim
103. COF_FFFF 1 CCSRBAR F000_0000 FBFF_FFFF 192 Unused E000_0000 EFFF_FFFF 256 3 Unused test C000_0000 DFFF_FFFF Unused A000_0000 BFFF_FFFF 512 6 amp 7 3 RapidlO I O 9000_0000 9FFF_FFFF 256 5 2 PCI IO space 8000_0000 8FFF_FFFF 256 4 PCI memory space 2000_0000 7FFF_FFFF Unused 0000_0000 1FFF_FFFF 512 182 1 DDR SDRAM Note that some address spaces require more than one TLB to be covered For details see Freescale Semiconductor Application Note AN2336 Creating edink from DINK32 Code Using the e500 ISS DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 1 6 Freescale Semiconductor Using DINK Chapter 2 Using DINK DINK works with a wide variety of platforms The only essential features needed to communicate with it are a serial cable connected to a terminal and a terminal or a terminal emulator program on a computer This chapter covers the setup and use of DINK 2 1 Communications Setup The following sections describe the hardware and settings necessary to communicate with DINK 2 1 1 Cables The cable between the target system Sandpoint Excimer Maximer MVP Arcadia Elysium and the host processor must be a null modem cable that is a cable designed for connecting two computers together For the Macintosh the following cable may be created Mac Pins PC Pins 1 6 Female DB9 PC Cable 1 7 8 5 4 3 2 1 2 o o Oo 7 O O O O 5 8 7 6 3 NC NC
104. C_REG External Serial Source 10 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT11_VEC_REG External Serial Source 11 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT12_VEC_REG External Serial Source 12 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT13_VEC_REG External Serial Source 13 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT14_VEC_REG External Serial Source 14 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT15_VEC_REG External Serial Source 15 0x0 EPIC_TMO_VEC_REG Global Timer Source 0 0x0 EPIC_TM1_VEC_REG Global Timer Source 1 0x0 EPIC_TM2_VEC_REG Global Timer Source 2 0x0 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 43 MPC8240 Drivers EPIC_TM3_VEC_REG Global Timer Source 3 0x0 EPIC_I2C_INT_VEC_REG Internal I C Source 0x0 EPIC_DMAO_INT_VEC_REG Internal DMAO Source 0x0 EPIC_DMA1_INT_VEC_REG Internal DMA1 Source 0x0 EPIC_MSG_INT_VEC_REG Internal Message Source 0x0 EPIC_DUART1_INT_VEC_REG DUART Chl Source 0x0 EPIC_DUART2_INT_VEC_REG DUART Ch2 Source 0x0 i Each of the 26 entries conforms to the following vector priority register address offset text description Interrupt Service Routine address Fa The first column of the structure contains the macro for each of the 26 interrupt vector priority register address offsets in PIC The middle column is the text description of the interrupt vector and the last column is the address of the
105. DINK32 Reference Manual DINKRM Rev 13 3 11 2006 y ps freescale How to Reach Us Home Page www freescale com email support freescale com USA Europe or Locations Not Listed Freescale Semiconductor Technical Information Center CH370 1300 N Alma School Road Chandler Arizona 85224 800 521 6274 480 768 2130 support freescale com Europe Middle East and Africa Freescale Halbleiter Deutschland GmbH Technical Information Center Schatzbogen 7 81829 Muenchen Germany 44 1296 380 456 English 46 8 52200080 English 49 89 92103 559 German 33 1 69 35 48 48 French support freescale com Japan Freescale Semiconductor Japan Ltd Headquarters ARCO Tower 15F 1 8 1 Shimo Meguro Meguro ku Tokyo 153 0064 Japan 0120 191014 81 3 5437 9125 support japan Ofreescale com Asia Pacific Freescale Semiconductor Hong Kong Ltd Technical Information Center 2 Dai King Street Tai Po Industrial Estate Tai Po N T Hong Kong 800 2666 8080 support asia O freescale com For Literature Requests Only Freescale Semiconductor Literature Distribution Center P O Box 5405 Denver Colorado 80217 800 441 2447 303 675 2140 Fax 303 675 2150 LDCForFreescaleSemiconductor hibbertgroup com Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use Freescale Semiconductor products There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereu
106. DMA interface is made once the first time the user requests a DMA transfer operation Each transmit or receive operation is initiated by a single call toa DMA API function The DINK32 program is an interactive application so it gives the DMA library access to its own print output function At the time of Revision 13 2 DINK32 does not implement any handling of interrupts for error handling or completion of transfer verification These are the steps DINK32 takes to perform a DMA transfer 1 Call DMA _Initialize if first transfer to identify the optional print function 2 Call DMA_direct_transfer to transmit the buffer of data The following code samples have been excerpted from the DINK32 application to illustrate the use of the DMA API define PRINT dink_printf int dink_printf unsigned char fmt body of application print output function In the function par_devtest for testing the DMA device interface initialize the DMA handler if needed if DMAInited DMA_Status status if status DMA_Initialize PRINT DMA SUCCESS PRINT devtest DMA error in initiation n return ERROR DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 4 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers else DMAInited 1 return test_dma en_int en_int is the steering control option RARE RI KK I RA RARA kk kk kkk kk kk k k k kK k K A A A A RARA function test_dm
107. E The function does not actually perform the data buffer transmit It just sets up the DLI global variables to control the transaction and calls I2C_Start to send the slave address out on the I2C bus in transmit mode The application must check the return status to find out if the bus was obtained then enter a loop of calling I2C_Timer_Event to poll the I2C handler to actually perform the transaction one byte at a time while checking the return status to determine if there were any errors and whether the transaction has completed I2CStatus I2C_get unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char sender_addr unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 18 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers unsigned int stop_flag unsigned int is_cnt e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e sender_addr is the sender s I2C device address e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop_flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e is_cnt 1 this is a restart don t check MBB e 0 this is a not restart check MBB e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Set up to receive a buffer of data from the desired sender_addr If stop_flag is set when the buffer is full and the sender does not signal STOP generate a STOP signal Caller is the master performing recei
108. E or EUMB if LOCAL and selection of outbound if REMOTE or inbound if LOCAL doorbell registers e base is the base address of PCSR or EUMB e Returns Contents of agent s inbound if loc LOCAL or outbound if loc REMOTE doorbell register DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 28 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers Description Returns content of specified doorbell register and clears the doorbell register void I20DBPost LOCATION loc unsigned int base unsigned int msg e loc LOCAL or REMOTE Use LOCAL if called from agent REMOTE if called from host This controls the use of the base parameter as PCSR if REMOTE or EUMB if LOCAL and selection of outbound if REMOTE or inbound if LOCAL doorbell registers e base is the base address of PCSR or EUMB e msg is the 32 bit value written to the specified doorbell register Description The 32 bit value is written to the specified doorbell register I20STATUS I20InMsgStatGet unsigned int eumbbarl20IMSTAT val e eumbbar is the base address of the agent s EUMB e val receives the agent s inbound message interrupt status register e Returns ROSUCCESS Description The agent s inbound message interrupt status register IMISR content is masked by the agent s inbound message interrupt mask register IMIMR and placed in the address given in the val parameter The IMISR is cleared I20STATUS I200utMsgStatGet unsigned int pcsrbar I200MSTAT val e pesrba
109. E 4 2 E 4 2 1 E 4 2 2 E 4 2 3 E 4 3 E 4 4 E 4 5 E 4 5 1 E 4 5 2 E 4 5 2 1 E 4 5 2 2 E 4 5 2 3 E 4 5 2 4 E 4 6 E 4 7 E 4 8 E 4 9 E 4 9 1 E 4 9 2 E 4 9 3 E 4 10 Fl E2 F 3 F 4 G 1 G2 Contents Page Title Number MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C Driver Library Internals Function DGSCLIPUIONS srerseateeialassaveveceatayahedeuavtasetedsasaatend quadedes Sg unstansueosasesventannyeeachotaceene E 35 IC Support Banco ns cs cis E 40 MPCS240 PIG Interrupt Driver ia dietmhe usenet ante Denes ee E 41 Grenieral De seri pei OM scesyc E suaee E 41 PIC Spec ai iio adi E 41 Embedded Utilities Memory Block EUMB oooconnnncccnnccccnoconononcnnnnnccnnnnccnnncccnnnoss E 42 PIC Register Summary cuina ie E 42 PIC MOGES Li A A A A At da E 43 Drivers Bpic Directory Structure si E 43 PIC Cross Reference Table Structure sp a tase cated Ae E 43 PIC Sample Rotten di aa E 44 Low Level Route ui di ia ada E 44 High Level ROI es geet a Oi aie ek e iene E 45 PIC Initialization ROW A A E 45 High Level Exception Hal ii A Bai ot he E 45 Direct Serial Register Control Routines 2 0 0 eee eeeceeeseecseceeeeeeneecnaeeneeseeeeenees E 45 Global Timer Register Control Routines eee eeseseeeeseecneeceseeeeeeeeaeeenaeens E 46 PIC Commands in DINK Ln co aanssela dt eneated aaa E 46 PIG Unit artis ai lis E 47 External Interrupt Exception Path in DINK32 ooococccnccnocononncconcnannnonaconnncnnncnananonan ns E 48 Example Usage on Sandpoint Reference Platform
110. For Serial mode on Sandpoint X3 make sure switch S2 3 4 5 0n Right PIC Agent detected on IRQ 4 PIC Use help dev i20 to manipulate interrupts Ae m PIC IRQ4 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQO Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC TROIL Reserved EPIC IRQ2 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ3 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQS Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ6 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ7 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ8 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ9 Configure Connect ISR Enable PIC IRQ10 15 Reserved EPIC Enable disable Timers using dev epic tmen tmdis 0 3 EPIC Timer0 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timerl Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer2 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timer3 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable PIC Use help dev dma to manipulate DMAO interrupt PIC DMAO Configure Connect ISR Enable t Tj PIC Lower Current Task Priority EPIC Enable External Interrupts in MSR DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt Agent EPIC initialization on Sandpoint running DINK32 in a Host Agent setup Agent DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt dev epic init Initialize EPIC to Default Mode PIC Disable External Interrupts PIC Reseting ixed
111. H bin b export LD_LIBRARY_PATH MODEL_PATH simPortal sim lib LD_LIBRARY_PATH cd to directory containing the eDINK executables Run ISS source sportal_file or source sportal_term pop pp DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 2 3 Using DINK S go 2 3 1 1 sportal_file The sportal_file contains the following lines The lines set up the sportal to read and write to from files instead of a simulator terminal Writing and reading to files is used for regression testing or running in batch mode Read the ISS user s manual for details sportal open sportal sim_stdin src my_stdin sportal sim_stdout my_stdout sportal sim_stderr my_stderr ld obj edink src 2 3 1 2 sportal_term The sportal_term contains the following lines The lines set up the sportal to read and write to a simulator terminal sportal open sportal sim_stdall term ld obj edink src 2 3 2 Running eDINK on MPC8540 ISS 1 Read the MPC8540 ISS for environment setup and other requirements 2 Load the eDINK image using the simulator s load command 3 Run the eDINK image using the simulator s run command NOTE The MPC8540 ISS doesn t support the sportal However the simulator must be run with the s option to enable a serial terminal 2 3 3 Loading Application Elf Binary to Simulated eDINK The best way to load an application to eDINK is through the simulator The same commands used to load eDINK into the simulator can be used to l
112. IC unit to default mode Display All Timer Counter Count Values Display Timer Counter 1 Count Value Set Timer Counter 1 Count Value to OxFFFFFF Enable counting on Timer Counter 2 Same as gpic tmcon 2 1 Inhibit counting on Timer Counter 2 Same as gpic tmcon 2 0 Display All Timer Counter Config Info Display Timer Counter 1 Config Info Enable Counting on Timer Counter 1 Disable Counting on Timer Counter 1 Set Timer Counter 1 as a Timer Enable Counting on Timer 1 Set Timer Counter 1 as a Counter Enable Counting on Counter 1 Display All Timer Mask Values Unmask Timer 1 Interrupt Mask Timer 1 Interrupt Enable counting on Timer 2 Inhibit counting on Timer 2 Mask interrupts from Timer0_1 in the Main Interrupt Mask Low register Mask the GPP 23 interrupt in the GPPInterrupt Mask register Unmask interrupts from GPP7_0 in the Main Interrupt Mask High register 3 34 1 DINK32 GPIC Initialization Sequence DINK32 MPC7450 0 gt gt gpic init GPIC Initialize GPIC GPIC In gpicInit GPIC Disable External Interrupts DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 49 SEA AAA AAA DINK32 Commands GPIC Mask all external interrupt sources GPIC Clear all possible GPP interrupts GPIC Setup MPPs GPIC PP 22 GPP 22 Super I_O Interrupt GPIC PP 9 6 GPP 9 6 PCI 0 Slot 3 0 Interrupts GPIC PP 13 10 GPP 13 10 PCI 1 Slot 3 0 Interrupts GPIC
113. K variable addresses are determined dynamically See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 9 printtest The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run This application will test the various printf features B 9 1 Building The demo can be built with the UNIX command make The printtest src file can be downloaded with the DINK32 command dl k It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 B 9 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically see Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 10 testfile This directory contains source files that can be used to build an application which is an endless loop that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run B 10 1 Building The testfile can be built with the UNIX command makefile The demo src file can be downloaded with the DINK32 command dl k It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 testfile will run continuously It can be used to try out the breakpoint and other features of DINK32 B 10 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically see Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 B 6 Freescale Semiconductor Example Code B 11 l3test The directory contains s
114. MISR after applying the mask value in the outbound message interrupt mask register OMIMR and clears the status register The I O library function LODBGet is used to read the ODBR It returns the content and clears the register The two functions I 0_ISR_host and I O_ISR_agent are defined in the source file drivers 1 O I O 1 c and are linked into the libdriver a library For testing they are currently manually called when requested by the user in the function test_I O Eventually the host and agent will register an interrupt service routine ISR with their respective embedded programmable interrupt controller PIC systems Details about how to register the ISRs with PIC are not yet specified It may take the form of a function call to an PIC provided function that accepts a pointer to the ISR function Alternately it may be integrated by the linker by placing a reference to the ISR functions in some configuration table When the integration takes place this document will be updated to reflect the details The code for the entire LO_ISR_host function follows Note that at the time of Revision 13 2 the only type of interrupt that is handled is doorbell interrupt from the message unit but there are comments in the code indicating where to check for other causes of interrupts The code can be found in I O1 c E 3 1 3 Enable Doorbell Interrupts Since the agent is servicing the inbound doorbell the agent enables it by calling the LO libra
115. NK32 functions for printf and scanf In this case it is not necessary to use define to change the name of the printf or scanf functions or to write one s own printf or scanf function It is still necessary to call set_up_transfer_base as the first statement in program KK IK KK I A A kk A kkk kkk kkk kkk k kkk A A RAR RR I KK k k K Functions to capture characters from printf and scanf using the Hsds hooks in the metaware compiler milo 1 22 99 E A include dinkusr h int _putcanon int a grab the character sent by printf in Hsds and use it in dink putchar El char c c a write_char c return 1 int _getcanon extract the character received by scanf in Hsds and use it in dink putchar X7 unsigned long key key get_KEYBOARD return get_char key DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 D 6 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix E MPC8240 Drivers There are four drivers for the MPC8240 integrated peripheral devices e DMA memory controller IC serial controller e J O doorbell controller e PIC interrupt controller Sample code for each of these drivers are in the directory drivers under dink32 Under the drivers directory are six directories one for each controller The following sections describe the driver and the sample code Each driver is discussed in one of the following four appendices Note that support for the MPC8240 has stopped with DINK32 version 1
116. O2 15 FO VDINK32 MPC7455 14 gt gt rd v2 VO2 0xFF001234_FF005678_FFOO9ABC_FFOODEFO DINK32 MPC8241 gt gt rm nb 70 ADDR VALUE DESCRIPTION 0x70 0x0000 Power management config 1 new value 1234 DINK32 MPC8241 gt gt rd nb 70 ADDR VALUE DESCRIPTION 0x70 0x1234 Power management config 1 DINK32 MPC8241 gt gt rm nb h Oxaa Oxaa Ox1234 ABCD DINK32 Commands 3 66 Reset Command reset Abbreviation rst p Syntax reset Builds All Boards All Processors All The reset command attempts to reset the system either by using the Port 92 reset facility or if unavailable by using a software reset a jump which is usually unsatisfactory DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 81 DINK32 Commands Arguments p Power down the board instead of reset Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rst Software reset lt By default the system will now restart gt 3 67 SETBAUD Command setbaud Abbreviation sb Syntax sb h k rate Builds All Boards All Processors All The setbaud command sets or displays the baud rate for the host serial port h option or the keyboard serial port k option k is assumed if not entered Arguments k Set baud rate for keyboard port h Set baud rate for host port rate A baud rate typically 2400 4800
117. ODBPost to write the bit pattern to the agent s outbound door bell register ODBR If the outbound doorbell is enabled this causes the outbound interrupt signal INTA_ to go active which interrupts the host processor After the ISR is integrated into the PIC unit this mechanism is documented here If the outbound doorbell is not enabled no interrupt is generated but the doorbell and the status register bit are still set The host application reads the ODBR by calling the IO library function LODBGet This clears the ODBR Sample application code The following is sample code from the DINK32 function test_i20 in device c that provides examples of how the I O library functions can be used by an application When this section of code is entered the DINK32 user interface has already set the local variables mode and bit Mode reflects the user request Bit is the doorbell bit number to set Mode 4 to manually run the ISRs for testing prior to integration with PIC DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 26 Freescale Semiconductor AAA IO AAA MPC8240 Drivers different depending on if DINK is running on host or agent if target_mode 0 running on host unsigned int kahlua_pcsrbar get_kahlua_pcsrbar PRINT kahlua s pcsrbar Ox Sx n kahlua_pcsrbar switch mode case 0 read agent s outbound DB register and print it out db_reg_content I20DBGet REMOTE kahlua_pcsrbar PRINT Agent s out
118. R MIF bit was set which caused this function to be called Handle condition see above in possible return values This function is called in polling mode as the handler function when an 12C event has occurred It is intended to be a model for an interrupt service routine for polling mode but this is untested and the design has not been reviewed or confirmed This function may only be called when the following condition is met I2CSR MIF 1 NOTE This function is tested only for the master transmit and master receive in polling mode It is probably not tested even in those modes for situations when the slave does not acknowledge bus arbitration is lost or buffers overflow etc E 2 5 1 DLI Functions Written but Not Used and Not Tested T2CStatus I2C_write unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop_flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Send a buffer of data to the requiring master If stop_flag is set after the whole buffer is sent generate a STOP signal provided that the requiring receiver does not signal the STOP in the middle Caller is the slave performing transmitting I2CStatus I2C_read unsigned in
119. SODIMM based MPMC cards Arguments b Causes the w command to select single bank SPD EEPROM data The default is for two bank data Single bank data is required for recent non SODIMM MPMC cards S Causes the I C SPD EEPROM information to be decoded and displayed n no Select DIMM SPD number The default is 1 on Yellowknife Sandpoint and 0 on MVP W no If specified default SPD data is written to the SPD EEPROM no may be the values 64 or 128 and causes 64 MB or 128 MB SPD data to be written based upon a 64 MB SODIMM This option is recommended for non SODIMM based MPMC cards and must be executed once to optimize memory settings C Causes meminfo to compare the IC SPD information to the memory controller settings and recommend changes If c is entered a second time the changes recommended will be automatically made r Causes the memory controller to reinitialize the external SDRAM required if certain parameters need to be updated If no option is specified the current memory controller settings are displayed Examples DINK32 MPC755 gt gt mi Memory settings ROM Speed 30 ns 2 clocks SDRAM Bank 0 Enabled Range 00000000 gt O1ffffff 32 MBytes Speed 3 1 1 1 SDRAM Bank 1 Disabled DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 58 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Range 02000000 gt O3ffffff 32 MBytes Speed 3 1 1 1 SDRAM Bank 2 Disabled SDRAM Bank 3 Disa
120. SRConnect mpicSetIntDestination mpicIntEnable mpicIntDisable DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 D 2 Freescale Semiconductor User Callable DINK Functions mpicCurTaskPrioSet amp CoreExtIntEnable CoreExtIntDisable else 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i tend y f These are all of the functions and variables that are supported in V13 2 Additional or replacement DINK32 functions and global variables can be added to the table This table is allocated and linked into the DINK32 binaries The user typically downloads his her program into the starting location of free memory at this release address 0x90000 Unfortunately the user program has no way of determining where the dink_transfer_table is located Therefore when DINK32 transfers control to the user program it sets the address of the dink_transfer_table in general purpose register 21 in go_tr2 s This register appears to be immune from being used by the compiler prior to the invocation of the user programs start address usually main Therefore the user must call the supplied function set_up_transfer_base or equivalent which is described below in G 4 After this call the address of the dink_transfer_table is available to the user program D 3 Setting Up Static Locations Table D 1 shows some of the functions that are currently supported Table D 1 DINK32 Dynamic Names DINK32 Name Common Name Version of table 4
121. Semiconductor 3 93 DINK32 Commands 3 83 Virtual Simulator Command vsim Abbreviation vs Syntax vsim DIrx f n d addr addr i addr addr n no t r w Builds VDINK Boards None Processors All The vs command controls various aspects of the VDINK ISS instruction set simulator VSIM Arguments b Display the backtrace stack and related information VSIM tracks and records each change of flow initiated by branch operations daddr Set a data access breakpoint If any data access to the address is detected execution is interrupted D Toggle data access breakpoint enable disable settings retained f 011 Set the code flow trace flag to 0 or 1 If 1 VSIM prints 1 Set an instruction access breakpoint I Toggle instruction access breakpoint enable disable settings retained n H Set the number of cycles to trace on each TR command Default is 1 but larger numbers allow burst tracing r Reset the emulation system t r w Set type of data access breakpoint to r read w write or rw for either v HHH Set the simulator verbose level 0 n where n is fairly quiet and gt 2 is quite wordy X Disable ILABR DABR for one cycle then re enable This allows the trace and the go commands to continue across a breakpoint Examples VDINK32 MPC750 gt gt vs Instructions 0 issued RSRV none IABR none DABR no
122. TC debugging Set the date and or time to values specified on line Report the RTC battery status DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 89 DINK32 Commands d Disable DSE mode 0 or enable it 0 If no argument is entered the current date and time are displayed If a date or time value is entered it is interpreted as follows l indicates a date value If only one the current year is not changed and the value is interpreted as month date otherwise it is interpreted as year month date indicates a time value If only one the time is set to hour minute with seconds at zero if two are detected seconds are also set A trailing AM or PM sets AM PM mode otherwise a 24 hour clock is assumed Examples DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt time 2001 04 15 03 38 14 PM DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt rtc s 02 09 25 10 02 03pm 2002 09 25 10 02 03PM DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt rtc w 2002 09 25 10 02 14 PM 2002 09 25 10 02 15 PM 2002 09 25 10 02 16 PM 3 77 Transparent Command transparent Abbreviation tm Syntax tm Builds DINK Boards MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Processors All The tm command will put DINK32 into a transparent mode which essentially connects the DINK console to the host port for remote access to the host system To exit transparent mode enter control A See Section 3 20 Do Arguments
123. V BOOT Encoding The BOOT variable if set contains information that DINK can use to automatically start a user program using the bootm command The value of this argument is passed to the bootm command as is see the bootm command for format and description 3 24 2 ENV IO Encoding The IO variable if set is used to set information that DINK can use to automatically adjust or redirect IO processes There are three major arguments The IO value has the following format device lt baud gt lt busspeed gt USE n where device is the name of the device driver to use one of COM1 PMC or XIO COM1 is the standard serial driver on the Sandpoint Yellowknife MVP Excimer boards PMC is the serial driver resident on MPMC8245 cards internal MPC8245 UART XIO DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 30 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands is the mini VGA driver resident in DINK Cirrus CLGD543x and S3 only or true VGA compatible baud Set the baud rate to any serial compatible rate see setbaud busspeed Set the system bus speed to the supplied value in MHz DINK uses the serial port to measure the system bus speed so when using the PMC driver which is bus speed dependant the system bus speed must be specified USE nn Use the VGA card found on slot nn even if it does not appear to be a video card for old cards without CLASS codes NOTE Th
124. W Display and modify NB registers as a word f fno Show configuration space for function number fno on a multifunction device default is 0 dev_num PCI device to access 0 or 10 31 reg_addr Register address hex index of standard PCI configuration registers Examples DINK32 MPC603e gt gt pcidisp 11 10 0x10 0x12345678 Base Address Register 0 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt pd 0 0 0x00 0x1057 Vendor ID DINK32 MPC603e gt gt pd b 11 40 0x40 0x17 unknown DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 71 DINK32 Commands 3 58 PCI Map Command pci map Abbreviation pmap Syntax pmap r Builds DINK Boards Non Excimer Maximer Processors All The PMAP command displays the devices detected and configured during the initialization process Arguments T Re runs the PCI initialization process configuring newly discovered devices already configured devices are not changed This is typically used for devices that are not automatically detected by the DINK PCI enumeration process and or that need special enablement procedures Examples DINK32 MPC603e gt gt pmap PCI IO Map No Range Inbound Outbound Name PCI Mem Map No Range Inbound Outbound Name 3 59 PCI Modify Command pcimod Abbreviation pm Syntax pm bhw f fno dev_num reg_addr Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The p
125. _1 DAR 0x00000218 DMA_1 BCR 0x00000220 DMA_1_NDAR 0x00000224 y These values are the function status return values typedef enum _dmastatus DMASUCCESS 0x1000 DMALMERROR DMAPERROR DMACHNBUSY DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 6 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers DMAEOSINT DMAEOCAINT DMAINVALID DMANOEVENT DMAStatus These structures reflect the bit assignments of the DMA registers typedef enum dma_mr_bit IROS 0x00080000 PDE 0x00040000 DAHTS 0x00030000 SAHTS 0x0000c000 DAHE 0x00002000 SAHE 0x00001000 PRC 0x00000c00 EIE 0x00000080 EOTIE 0x00000040 DL 0x00000008 CTM 0x00000004 CC 0x00000002 CS 0x00000001 DMA_MR_ BIT typedef enum dma_sr_bit E 0x00000080 PE 0x00000010 CB 0x00000004 EOSI 0x00000002 EOCAI 0x00000001 DMA_SR_BIT structure for DMA Mode Register typedef struct _dma_mr unsigned int reserved0O 12 unsigned int irgs 1 unsigned int pde 1 unsigned int dahts 2 unsigned int sahts 2 unsigned int dahe 1 unsigned int sahe 1 unsigned int pre 2 unsigned int reservedl 1 unsigned int ele 1 unsigned int eotie 1 unsigned int reserved2 3 unsigned int dl 1 unsigned int ctm 1 1f chaining mode is enabled any time user can modify the des
126. _dma_ndar unsigned int nda 27 unsigned int ndsnen 1 unsigned int ndeosie 1 unsigned int ndctt 2 unsigned int eotd 1 DMA_NDAR structure for DMA current transaction info typedef struct _dma_curr unsigned int src_addr unsigned int dest_addr unsigned int byte_cnt DMA_CURR E 1 6 Function Descriptions of DMA Driver Library Internals The API function DMA_direct_transfer described above accepts predefined parameter values to initialize a DMA transfer These parameters are used by the DMA driver library functions to set up the DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 8 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 DMA status and mode registers so that the application does not have to interface to the processor on such a low level A description of the processing performed in the DMA_direct_transfer function and descriptions of the lower level DMA driver library functions follow This is a description of the DMA_direct_transfer processing which initiates a simple direct transfer 1 Read the mode register MR by calling DMA_Get_Mode 2 Set the values in the mode register as follows IRSQ is set from the int_steer parameter if steering DMA interrupts to PCI set EIE and EOTIE the other mode controls are currently hard coded PDE cleared DAHS 3 however this is ignored because DAHE is cleared SAHS 3 however this is ignored because SAHE is cleared PRC is cleared DL is
127. a description run dma test note test local dma channel FER KK RARA A A A A A A A RARA KARA RARA RARAS static STATUS test_dma int en_int int len 0 chn 0 long src 0 dest 0 int mode 0 DMA_SNOOP_MODE snoop DMA _SNOOP_DISABLE DMA_CHANNEL channel DMA_INTERRUPT_STEER steer The default for is en_int 0 for DMA this steers the DMA interrupt to the local processor If the DINK user puts a on the command line en_int 1 and the steering for the DMA interrupt is to the PCI bus through INTA_ steer en_int 0 DMA_INT_STEER_LOCAL DMA_INT_STEER_PCI read source and destination addresses length type snoop and channel validate and translate to API defined parameter values call the DMA library to initiate the transfer if DMA_direct_transfer steer type unsigned int src unsigned int dest unsigned int len channel snoop DMA_SUCCESS PRINT dev DMA error in DMA transfer test n return ERROR return SUCCESS E 1 5 DMA Driver Library Internals DLI This information is provided to assist in further development of the DMA library All of these functions are defined as static in the source file drivers dma dmal c E 1 5 1 Common Data Structures and Values The following data structures tables and status values are defined see drivers dma dma h unles
128. abels loop loopl 0x10000c 0x11000c DINK32 MPC7455 8 gt gt DINK32 MPC7455 11 gt gt ds 120000 12000c 00120000 10642A48 00120004 10853182 00120008 10C0038C vmuleuh v3 v4 v5 vmaxsw v4 v5 v6 vspltisw v6 0 0x0 0012000C BFFFFFFF stmw r31 1 r31 DINK32 MPC7455 12 gt gt DINK32 Commands 3 18 Disk Command disk Abbreviation di Syntax di igx d n r lba w Iba a adr I len t Iba Builds DINK Boards Processors The di command allows control of the IDE interface present in the Winbond 53C586 the VIA 82C686 or an external IDE controller in a PCI slot It performs basic IDE initialization and track level access that is the disk is not used in any particular filesystem format Instead LBA logical block number addressing is used where LBA is a number from 0 to a large value each LBA representing 512 bytes of data The DI command and other commands which use DI use the following association between drives and external hardware Table 3 2 IDE Drive Letter Association Drive Controller Master Slave 0 A Primary Master 1 B Primary Slave 2 C Secondary Master 3 D Secondary Slave DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 23 DINK32 Commands NOTE DI does not handle drives larger than 8GB or rather it does but anything over 8GB is unusable Arguments
129. able Address Parity EBD Enable Data Parity Check gt BCLK Select Bus Clock de ts is ECLK Enable External Test PAR Disable ARTRY SHD gt DOZE Doze Mode PLL TB etc DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd e HIDO HIDO 0x80010080 EMCP 1 DBP 0 EBA 0 EBD 0 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 77 DINK32 Commands etc VDINK32 MPC7450 9 gt gt rd r23 R23 00000000 R24 00000000 R25 00000000 R26 00000000 R27 00000000 R28 00000000 R29 00000000 R30 00000000 R31 00000000 Vector registers have flexible formatting DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd v2 v02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 VDINK32 MPC7450 5 gt gt rd f v2 v02 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 0 00000000 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd v v00 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 VO1 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 V30 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 V31 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd b v2 v4 v02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 VO3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 v04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DINK32 MPC75 PICR1 0xA80 gt gt rd nb a8 CE42 In addition the rd command can display fields of the SPRs and NB register where defined To display oo 99 only a field append a dot and the name of
130. accessed by external PCI devices The PIC registers are accessed as an offset from the embedded utilities memory block EUMB The PIC unit supports two modes mixed and pass through The DINK32 PIC driver sample code demonstrates PIC in mixed mode and also error checks for pass through mode in case external interrupts are enabled with no interrupt handler setup Both direct and serial mode are implemented in DINK32 but when PIC is initialized through DINK32 the default PIC setup is dependant on the Sandpoint board version However the default setups can be overridden using the dev epic command set DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 41 MPC8240 Drivers The Sandpoint board version is detected by a loop back feature implemented on SuperlO of the Sandpoint X3 see the Sandpoint Microprocessor Evaluation System User s Manual DINK32 will attempt to detect this loop back feature If the loop back test is successful the board version is Sandpoint X3 If the test is unsuccessful the board version is Sandpoint X2 PIC on a Host PMC will default to serial mode on a Sandpoint X3 and will default to direct mode on a Sandpoint X2 PIC on an agent PMC in a PCI slot will default to direct mode on either Sandpoint board version The PIC registers are in little endian format If the system is in big endian mode the bytes must be appropriately swapped by software DINK32 is written for big endian mode and the sample code
131. ado siria B 2 B 2 DA ere Se ee a B 3 B 2 1 Building iii i E EAEE AEAEE E TE aN ET RFE SL B 3 B 2 2 Uniti Gin AGdresses eii E E E ENERE dade ae E ET Ws bs SSeS oe B 3 B 3 DDE SONG TWINS Ec A ts B 3 B 3 1 UCI pete eels pot tie Waleed en ie oa anit eden Stee ene eas B 3 B 3 2 FunclionAddres SES usina E stews esate vedaesevionsats Ea ars B 3 B 4 I test md tesi ii B 3 B 4 1 A e watts cutee imesh a a e a cade sta B 4 B 5 DSU ZANE crate cates plied ace ae hae al laa lo eee Gu a he te beast B 4 B 5 1 A A E NA aoe eNO B 4 B 5 2 SUPL AS AO RS B 4 B 5 3 A a E a D EAA A EEE AEA EES B 4 B 5 4 To Bild A A a a bade cecotases B 4 B 5 5 Noti liada B 4 B 6 backsSidels2test ii DI ESA B 5 B 6 1 A ee AEE Bie eG Os ee B 5 B 6 2 Funct Oni A dresses 0 A AAA AA Sow Sa es B 5 B 7 TAA Excimer A A Tecate dD ala B 5 B 7 1 Building eri avon a E a E shan a O E ONA ASL B 5 B 7 2 F nclion Addresses sti tn naea ae a aa aa B 5 B 8 MP e a a a cad B 5 B 8 1 Budin is A ta B 6 B 8 2 Buriction Addresses e a Re AN eal AN B 6 B 9 POC B 6 B 9 1 A A OUR ean wold AEA GE GG eked B 6 B 9 2 Fu ncluion Addres seais B 6 B 10 VEA AS A AAA IAEA A i Sots NSE Sos its SAA ON B 6 B 10 1 SOU COND aaa B 6 B 10 2 Function ATEN debi See ate Ceo N B 6 B 11 A ON B 7 B 11 1 Build siii is B 7 B 11 2 Fu nction Addres SES edn tetas ee ta eed B 7 B 12 IN epee REO e o e ORD A Aten ORR IRE ant PCR RD AE EAR B 7 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor vii Contents Parag
132. aii das A 4 Version 13 0 November 1 2002 ooonncncnncnonnnuninocnoncnnnnonenanconocononnnnonnnnnncconoccnnonunanininoss A 5 Versioncl 3 CO DEr 2 5 JU cat ii A 6 Version 12 2 February 162001 Ai A 8 ina e UU Ste A tes ac i acre alae en a a ee Me lad De So ie cai A 8 Version 12 0 November 30 1999 wo ccceccccccccccccsssssscscccecccccsssssusceccescsssuaeneaeeseeess A 9 Version AE June 1 2 A aiii A 9 Version 11 0 1 May 1 1999 Not Released ccccccssccsscasscccesassccenceesndceevatvceasresevtadeesoacee A 10 Version 11 0 March 29 1999 ooo ccccsssscecccccccessssssscceccccssssesecsseecceesesssuuensnesesess A 10 Version 10 7 Pebrutary 29 1999 o A 10 Version 10 0 January 25 T999 e A 10 Version 10 5 November 24 1998 oooccccccccnoninunocccccnnononnnnnarococonononnnanaranenononnononananininoss A 10 Version 10 4 November 11 198 onccccnnnnonininicocccnnonononaninicncnconononanenacocnnccnononananicinoss A 11 Version 103 No Date a id A 11 Version 10 23 perO O ici A 11 Version 10 1 September 10 1999 a A AAN A 11 Version 9 2 August 998 t A 11 Version 94 May 22 isis A 11 Prior to Version 9 4 Approximately October 10 1997 0 eeeeceeeeeesseeeeseeeeenteeeeaees A 11 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 vi Freescale Semiconductor Contents Paragraph Page Number Title Number Appendix B Example Code B 1 AS SMUD NA B 2 B 1 1 BACON ice ao B 2 B 1 2 E A AO B 2 B 1 3 RSS MURIEL OMI S dst e e e B 2 B 1 4 Usain inici
133. al interrupt logic making it very useful in testing serial interrupts using PIC E 4 9 1 Sandpoint X2 Reference Platform The Sandpoint X2 reference platform provides a means to test external interrupts via two slide switches S5 and S6 located on the motherboard Although these switches can be manipulated to demo the PIC unit DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 48 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers this is not the intended function of the switches The intended usage of these switches is described in the document titled Sandpoint PPMC Processor PCI Mezzanine Card Host Board Technical Summary Switch S5 manipulates a 5V signal that originates from the interrupt output line of the Winbond Southbridge chip in the center of the motherboard With S5 slid to the left a 5V signal is passed on with S5 slid right a OV signal is passed on The PIC IRQO 4 interrupt lines can be configured to be active low or active high triggered Switch S6 specifies to which IRQ line IRQ1 or IRQ 2 the interrupt signal from S5 is passed With the S6 slid right IRQ1 is selected With S6 slid left IRQ2 is selected E 4 9 2 Initializing PIC on Sandpoint X2 Initializing PIC requires that DINK32 be running on a Sandpoint X2 system with an MPC8240 MPC8245 or MPC107 PMC module From the DINK32 command line initialize the PIC unit by typing the PIC initialization dev epic init command DINK32 will respond with initialization messages and will
134. amp KEYBOARD Value of port for Keyboard support dink_printf Printf dink_loop DINK32 idle function is char in duart Return 1 if character has been sent shell help Entry point for DINK32 menu function par_about Entry point for DINK32 about function disassemble Entry point for DINK32 disassemble function dink_get_char get_char get next character from com port dink_put_char put_char send character to com port memSpeed Address of global variable memSpeed process_type Address of global variable process_type smp_release_cpu cpu DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor D 3 User Callable DINK Functions Table D 1 DINK32 Dynamic Names continued DINK32 Name Common Name read_pid Read process ID pvr_read Read PVR memSize Memory size memCL Memory burst rate MVP_MACs External MAC address for MPV NULL board_ctl Various board functions cpu_info CPU information mach_info Board information To change or add any new DINK32 functions or variables one must change the dink_transfer_table To use any of these functions in user code define the user code function name to be the DINK function name For example to link the user code printf to the DINK32 printf function define printf dink_printf to link the user code put_char to DINK32 write_char define put_char writechar See the directories demo and dhrystone for examples of setting up these
135. an interactive application so it gives the I2C library access to its own print output function These are the steps DINK32 takes to perform a master transmit transaction 1 Call I2C_Initialize if needed to set the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C address polling mode and identify the optional print function 2 Call I2C_do_transaction to transmit the buffer of data These are the steps DINK32 takes to perform a master receive transaction in polling mode 1 Call I2C_Initialize if needed to set the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C address polling mode and identify the optional print function 2 Call I2C_do_transaction to receive the buffer of data DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 14 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers The following code samples have been excerpted from the DINK32 application to illustrate the use of the I2C API define PRINT dink_printf int dink_printf unsigned char fmt body of application print output function see Appendix In the function par_devtest for testing the I2C device interface initialize the I2C handler to I2C address 48 if needed if I2CInited I2C_Status status if status I2C_Initialize 48 en_int PRINT I2C_SUCCESS PRINT devtest I2C error in initiation n return ERROR else I2CInited 1 return test_i2c action en_int static unsigned char rcv_buffer BUFFER_LENGTH 0 static un
136. and interprocessor interrupts The interrupt sources are the Super IO PCI 0 Slots 3 0 PCI 1 Slots 3 0 and CPU 0 and CPU 1 cross processor interrupt inputs The cross processor interrupt scheme uses four GPP pins GPP 5 is used as the CPU 0 cross processor output signal and GPP 30 is the corresponding CPU 1 cross processor input GPP 31 is used as the CPU 1 cross processor output signal and GPP 4 is the corresponding CPU 0 cross processor input Software can write to the GPP Value Register to assert and de assert GPP 5 for CPU 0 or GPP 31 for CPU 1 to signal a cross processor interrupt to the other CPU In DINK32 CPU 1 is only setup to be interrupted by an assertion of the GPP 30 interrupt input or a Timer 2 or 3 interrupt An interrupt to CPU 1 is signalled via the Discovery INT1_ interrupt output All other interrupts detected by Discovery are routed to CPU 0 via the Discovery CPU_INT_ output Arguments Usage gpic initleieleid gpic ex gpic command example uses gpic Display various GPIC status info gpic init Initialize the GPIC unit to default mode gpic eie External interrupt enable gpic eid External interrupt disable gpic cpud Assert cross processor interrupt to CPUO gpic cpul Assert cross processor interrupt to CPUL gpic sl GPIC Sleep Demo gpic tment timer 0 7 Print Timer count value for all or specific timer gpic tment timer 0 7 count Write given count value to given timer gpic tmcon timer 0
137. and then DINK will prompt for each particular byte halfword or long value Examples VDINK32 MPC7450 11 gt gt rm r6 RO6 00000000 1234 VDINK32 MPC7450 13 gt gt rd r6 R6 00001234 VDINK32 MPC7450 11 gt gt rm r6 7890 RO6 00000000 7890 VDINK32 MPC7450 13 gt gt rd r6 R6 00007890 VDINK32 MPC7455 2 gt gt rm v2 V02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 1 VDINK32 MPC7455 3 gt gt rd v2 V02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000001 VDINK32 MPC7455 4 gt gt rm v2 V02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000001 abc_34e VDINK32 MPC7455 5 gt gt rd v2 vV02 0x00000000_00000001_00000ABC_0000034E VDINK32 MPC7455 4 gt gt rm v2 V02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000001 0_0_0_0 VDINK32 MPC7455 5 gt gt rd v2 V02 0x00000000_00000000_00000000_00000000 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 80 Freescale Semiconductor VDINK32 MPC7455 12 gt gt rm w v2 V0O2 0 00000002 1234 V0O2 1 00000003 5678 V0O2 2 00000004 9abc V0O2 3 00000003 def0 VDINK32 MPC7455 12 gt gt rd v2 VO2 0x00001234_00005678_00009ABC_0000DEFO VDINK32 MPC7455 14 gt gt rm b v2 O OA VO2 0 00 ZEF v02 1 00 vV02 2 12 V0O2 3 34 VO2 4 00 FF v02 5 00 VO2 6 56 vo2 7 78 v02 8 00 FF v02 9 00 V0O2 10 9A V02 11 BE V0O2 12 00 FF V02 13 00 2 V02 14 DE V0
138. ask priority register to 10 dev epic dis 5 Disable interrupt vector 5 dev epic con 2 Print the configuration of interrupt vector 2 dev epic con 7 1 0 5 Configure the source Vector Priority register of vector 7 to have the following properties Polarity 1 Sense 0 Priority 5 dev epic tmbase 0 Display timer O base count register dev epic tmbase 0 7fff 0 Set timer O base count register to Ox7fff and enable counting to proceed dev epic tment display timer 1 current count register dev epic tmdis 2 Inhibit counting on timer 2 dev epic tmen 3 Enable counting on timer 3 dev epic ISRCnt 1 90000 Set the ISR address for vector 1 to 0x90000 E 4 7 PIC Unit Startup When the system comes up running DINK32 the EUMBBAR is configured such that the EUMB is located at an offset of OXFC00_0000 from local memory The PIC unit is untouched by the DINK32 initialization routines and is left in its default state of pass through mode External interrupts are also left untouched and left in the default state of disabled The following list shows the necessary routine calls needed to utilize the PIC unit e Initialize the PIC unit epicInit e For each interrupt vector to be used epicSourceConfig epicISRConnect epicIntEnable e Set the processor current task priority epicCurTaskPrioSet e Enable external interrupts CoreExtIntEnable DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E
139. be ready to handle external interrupts The user may now also manipulate the S5 and S6 switches to trigger interrupts on the IRQ1 and IRQ2 lines on the Sandpoint X2 The global timers can now be manipulated to generate timed interrupts The message unit 1 0 can be used if in a host agent setup DMAO can be used in an interrupt driven manner to transfer blocks of data Of course while all these external interrupts are being handled DINK32 continues to run and will accept user input at the command line while simultaneously writing status to the terminal Host PIC initialization on Sandpoint X2 running DINK32 in a non host agent setup BOSC ens Agent in PCI Slot4 detected DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt DINK32 MPC7400 gt gt dev epic init Initialize EPIC to Default Mode Kahlua agent in Slot 4 gt IRQ 3 EPIC Disable External Interrupts EPIC Reseting Mixed Mode Direct Mode EPIC Configuring EPIC to Sandpoint X2 default mode EPIC Slides switches S5 and S6 can be used to manually trigger interrupts on IRQ1 and IRQ2 EPIC IROI Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC IRQ2 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Agent detected on IRQ 3 EPIC Use help dev i20 to manipulate interrupts EPIC IRQ3 Configure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Enable disable Timers using dev epic tmen tmdis 0 3 EPIC Timer0 Configure Base Count OxFFFFFF Connect ISR Enable EPIC Timerl
140. ble combinations of off and on DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt bm 100000 Icache OFF Dcache OFF PRESENTING Freescale Semiconductor Benchmark 0x00100000 gt 0x001002b8 0x00000000 407ffb0e Icache ON Dcache OFF PRESENTING Freescale Semiconductor E ui AN Benchmark 0x00100000 gt 0x001002b8 0x00000000 1b26deb7 Icache OFF Dcache ON PRESENTING Freescale Semiconductor wei CUC Benchmark 0x00100000 gt 0x001002b8 0x00000000 407ffcec Icache ON Dcache ON PRESENTING Freescale Semiconductor oes OA Benchmark 0x00100000 gt 0x000902b8 0x00000000 1b26e18c DINK32 MPC603ev gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 10 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 8 Bootm Command bootm Abbreviation bo Syntax bootm lt a addr gt b string I addr n r addr t n v Builds DINK Boards All Tested on lt HPC2 HPCN gt Processors All Tested on 7448 8641D This command allows the execution of the OS or user program that is in the ulmage format see NOTES below for how to create The bootm command will boot a ulmage which can be Linux or a user program built from a bin file The only required input is the address of the image ulmage kernel program must be uncompressed Recommended usage is to place the kernel at 0x01000000 and the ramdisk at 0x02000000 This can be done differently but read NOTES on guidelines
141. bled SDRAM Bank 4 Disabled SDRAM Bank 5 Disabled SDRAM Bank 6 Disabled SDRAM Bank 7 Disabled DINK32 MPC755 gt gt mi s Addr Data Definition Value 02 02 DIMM SODIMM Type SDRAM DINK32 MPC755 gt gt mi c 120 14 Rows 1242 10X 14 Rows x N 12 2 64 128Mb OK 3 46 Memory Modify Command memmod Abbreviation mm Syntax mm b h w r start_address end_address Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The memmod command displays and modifies the contents of memory and allows the user to change the value stored there Memory is considered to be a contiguous set of 32 bit integers Arguments b Display data as bytes h Display data as halfwords W Display data as words default r Display data as byte reversed data start The starting address to display Display from the starting address to the end of memory end Display from the starting address to the ending address The mm command will display the contents of a particular location in the requested format then wait for user commands which may be any of the following value Write the hexadecimal value to the current location The value entered may be truncated if necessary to the memory size abcd Write the character literal value abcd to the current location return Go to the next location using the current selected direction defaults to forward DINK32 Reference Manual Rev
142. bound doorbell register 0x x n db_reg_content break case 1 set agent s inbound doorbell register db_reg_content 1 lt lt bit I20DBPost REMOTE kahlua_pcsrbar db_reg_content break case 2 enable agent s outbound DB register interrupts if I20DBEnable REMOTE kahlua_pcsrbar 0 I20SUCCESS PRINT Cannot enable agent s outbound doorbell interrupt n else PRINT Enabled agent s outbound doorbell interrupt n break case 3 disable agent s outbound DB register interrupts if I2O0DBDisable REMOTE kahlua_pcsrbar 0 I20SUCCESS PRINT Cannot disable agent s outbound doorbell interrupt n else PRINT Disabled agent s outbound doorbell interrupt n break ifdef DBG_I20 case 4 I20_ISR_host break tendif else running on agent PRINT kahlua s eumbbar 0Ox x n eumbbar switch mode case 0 read agent s inbound DB register and print it out db_reg_content I20DBGet LOCAL eumbbar PRINT Agent s inbound doorbell register 0x x n db_reg_content break case 1 set agent s outbound doorbell register DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 27 MPC8240 Drivers db_reg_content 1 lt lt bit I20DBPost LOCAL eumbbar db_reg_content break case 2 enable agent s inbound DB register interrupts if I20DBEnable LOC
143. bytes below the user s load address of 0x89000 32 88fe0 CPU1U_STACK and 0x10000 bytes above the DINK stack space So if user uses more than 0x8000 stack it will impact DINK Set DINK stack pointer to 0x79000 32 78fe0 CPU1_STACK NOTE e DINK stack space is 0x70000 to 0x80000 32 e User space is 0x80000 to 0x90000 32 e User can download programs starting at 0x90000 4 Installed the code to support MVP and dual vger a Galileo bridge chip memory manager b Galileo bridge chip sdma uart support Change the DINK32 Reference Manual to reflect that we are using BAT3 to support the uart descriptors and buffers at 01c00000 about 29 MB decimal If user wants to use this memory space they need to fix except2 s and drivers galileo_uart uartMiniDriver c 5 Much better cache support with CCs cache management code a All cache management routines flush flush_disable inval_enable have been thoroughly proven on MPC603e MPC8245 MPC824 1 MPC8240 MPC750 MPC755 MPC7400 74 10 and MPC7455 and may be useful as example code b L2 and L3 if applicable can now be enabled on DINK boot by setting environment variables L2CACHE and L3CACHE DINK will always use those settings that is regmod no longer can change the DINK HIDO L2CR or L3CR The prescribed way to change L2CR or L3CR is to change env variables and reboot The DINK HIDO is programmed to enable the maximum performance features at DINK boot up DINK HIDO L2CR and L3CR are th
144. c 0x3c3c Ox3c7c 0x5660 0x6368 ER branch labels 0x160000 0x160100 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt st c DINK32 MPC603e gt gt st Current list of DINK branch labels KEYBOARD get_char write_char TBaselInit 0x0 Oxle5e4 Ox5fac 0x39c4 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 br3 xor r5 r6 r7 EL br3 DINK32 Commands Freescale Semiconducto r 3 87 DINK32 Commands TBaseReadLower 0x39e8 TBaseReadUpper 0x3a04 CacheInhibit 0x3a20 InvEnLlDcache 0x3a40 DisLlDcache 0x3a88 InvEnLlIcache Ox3aac DisLlIcache 0x3b00 BurstMode Ox3bfc RamInCBk 0x3c3c RamInWThru Ox3c7c dink_loop 0x5660 dink_printf 0x6368 Current list of USER branch labels DINK32 MPC603e gt gt 3 74 TAU Command tau Abbreviation tau Syntax tau c cal w fh Builds DINK Boards Maximer MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Processors MPC750 MPC755 MPC7410 The tau command displays or calibrates the TAU Thermal Assist Unit If no option is entered the current temperature is displayed with or without calibration The C notation is intended to remotely resemble a degree notation Arguments c val Calibrate the TAU to the supplied correct temperature in C W Display the TAU value repeatedly until a key is pressed fh Show results in Fahrenheit Tau calibration values are always saved in the environment variable TAUCAL if the environment variable storag
145. ceecssceceeceececeeceeeeecsteeeeeaeers 1 4 Memory Map for DINK32 Version 13 3 sacsaicsaruss ads 1 5 EOE Ke Memory Mt o adeno 1 6 Chapter 2 Using DINK Commun A A E E ea ees 2 1 A O e ee ee ee S 2 1 A TEN 2 1 Hyperterm on NT iii A A iaa 2 2 Zterm OM IMAC da 2 2 Starting DINK iia lasdadeasdnncenaecoaates 2 3 Running eDINK on a Simulator si a 2 3 Running DINK on 500 Core ISS ui is 2 3 pora leds 2 4 sp rtal de da de logo ee do 2 4 Running eDINK on MPCO8S401SS oooococcncccconoccconcnononcnononcnonononononocnnnnnconnnncnnn nc cnn ncnnnnnss 2 4 Loading Application Elf Binary to Simulated eDINK 00 0 eee eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaes 2 4 DINK Model dial 2 4 Interacans with DIN KR di EE oaa 2 5 Running External Programs A AT 2 5 Assigning Break POIs wsicasssccsiecidsdeceds va speassaansdacevasesaanasdenad gi oasis 2 5 Executing Code ON ir 2 6 Displaying Registers eiior iosi r ae 2 6 Advanced A fe al cls es shi wa wiring sed itty dan anche EE Boos 2 6 Chapter 3 DINK32 Commands PVCU ALONG acer sss Sees eiee aane Maat aeee a iais 3 1 DINK iD SG oocytes a5 vou dara ea e e E A S ewan 3 1 a A Motes asee E ohn dee Damasio ein das oneal dee AL 3 4 A A aes 3 5 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor iii Paragraph Number 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 24 1 3 24 2 3 24 3 3 24 4 3 24 5 3 24 6 3 24 7 3 24 8 3 24 9 3 24
146. cimod command is used to modify the content of a configuration register reg_addr of a PCI device dev_num The DevNum depends on the PCI slot to which the device is attached and it can be found by executing the ppr PCI Device Probe command This command first displays the current value of the desired register then asks the user to enter the new value The PCI devices accessible are O and 10 to 31 This command does not return an error if the register requested is a read only register DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 72 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Arguments b Display and modify NB registers as a byte h Display and modify NB registers as a halfword W Display and modify NB registers as a word f fno Show configuration space for function number fno on a multifunction device default is 0 dev_num PCI device to access O or 10 31 reg_addr Register address hex index of standard PCI configuration registers Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt pcimod 11 10 0x10 0x00000000 Base Address Register 0 New Value 12345678 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt pcidisp 11 10 0x10 0x12345678 Base Address Register 0 3 60 PCI Probe Command pciprobe Abbreviation ppr Syntax ppr Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The pciprobe command causes the PCI bus to be scanned for PCI devices and cards For each device found the vendor and device ID are printed as well as the
147. cleared CTM is set direct mode CC is cleared 3 Validate the length of transfer value report error and return if too large 4 Read the current descriptor address register by calling DMA_Poke_Desp 5 Set the values in the CDAR as follows SNEN is set from the snoop parameter CTT is set from the type parameter 6 Write the CDAR by calling DMA_Bld_Desp which checks the channel status to ensure it is free 7 Write the source and destination address registers SAR and DAR and the byte count register BCR by calling DMA_Bld_Curr which maps them according to channel and host and ensure the channel is free 8 Write the mode register by calling DMA_Set_Mode 9 Begin the DMA transfer by calling DMA_ Start which ensures the channel is free and then clears and sets the mode register channel start CS bit 10 The proceeding steps 6 through 9 are done in a sequence so that each call must return a successful status prior to executing the following step The status is checked and error conditions are reported at this point if all did not execute successfully 11 If this point is reached the DMA transfer was initiated successfully return success status These are descriptions of the DMA library functions reference above in the DMA_direct_transfer processing steps DMAStatus DMA _Get_Mode LOCATION host unsigned eumbbar unsigned int channel DMA_MR mode host is LOCAL or REMOTE only LOCAL is currently tested e eumbbar is EUMBBAR fo
148. criptor and does not need to halt the current DMA transaction Set CC bit enable DMA to process the modified descriptors Hardware will clear this bit each time DMA starts unsigned int cc 1 cs bit has dua role halt the current DMA transaction and re start DMA transaction In chaining mode if the descriptor needs modification cs bit shall be used not the cc bit DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 7 MPC8240 Drivers Hardware will not set clear this bit each time DMA transaction stops or starts Software shall do it cs bit shall not be used to halt chaining DMA transaction for modifying the descriptor That is the role of CC bit unsigned int cs 1 DMA_MR structure for DMA Status register typedef struct _dma_sr unsigned int reservedO 24 unsigned int lme 1 unsigned int reservedl 2 unsigned int pe 1 unsigned int reserved2 1 unsigned int cb 1 unsigned int eosi 1 unsigned int eocai 1 DMA_SR structure for DMA current descriptor address register typedef struct _dma_cdar unsigned int cda 27 unsigned int snen 1 unsigned int eosie 1 unsigned int ctt 2 unsigned int eotd 1 DMA_CDAR structure for DMA byte count register typedef struct _dma_bcr unsigned int reserved 6 unsigned int bcr 26 DMA_BCR structure for DMA Next Descriptor Address register typedef struct
149. ctions for more information B 7 lab4 Excimer only The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that will blink the lights on the Excimer platform when it is downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run This test will only work on Excimer B 7 1 Building The lab4 can be built with one makefile It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 Lab4 will run continuously B 7 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 8 memspeed The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x100000 and run This application demonstrates using the dynamic variable and dynamic function capability The two variables memSpeed bus speed and process_type Processor type are available via the dink_transfer_table as described in Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions It prints out the memory bus speed and processor name of the board on which it is executing DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor B 5 Example Code B 8 1 Building The demo can be built with the UNIX command make The memspeed src file can be downloaded with the DINK32 command dl k It can be executed with the DINK32 command go 100000 B 8 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses and the two DIN
150. ctor Paragraph Number E 1 E 1 1 E 1 2 E 1 3 E 1 4 E 1 5 E 1 5 1 E 1 6 E 2 E 2 1 B22 E 2 3 E 2 3 1 E 2 3 2 E 2 4 E 2 4 1 E 2 5 E 2 5 1 E 2 6 E 3 E 3 1 E 3 1 1 E 3 1 2 E 3 1 3 E 3 1 4 E 3 1 4 1 E 3 1 4 2 E 3 1 4 3 E32 E 3 2 1 ES2Z2 E 3 2 3 E 3 2 3 1 E 3 2 3 2 E 3 2 4 E 3 2 4 1 Contents Page Title Number Appendix E MPC8240 Drivers MPC8240 DMA Memory Controller ooonnccnnnnncnonnccnnnnncnnnnacononaconnnccnonanononanononanonnnonnons E 1 Backs i tlse ie E TE E ue dents ance ceeds E 1 O E 2 DMA Application Program Interface API ooonnonnncnnnnononcnnnnnnocncnoncnonccnnnconnconnncnncnnnnno E 2 APT Example Us a2 nin idad iii E 4 DMA Driver Library Internals DLD ooooonococonocacononanonnnnnnnnncononacononacononaroonnonnoncncronanos E 5 Common Data Structures and Values vainas E 5 Function Descriptions of DMA Driver Library Internals oonncnnncnnnnnnnonncnconncnoncnnnos E 8 MPC3240 I7C Driver Library coccconoconconoconcnnenincono cono conoconcononin cono cono conocio rincones E 12 Backers A A E 12 OVA rta E 12 I2C Application Program Interface API ooononnncnnnncnonccnonononnconnnonnnononcnonncnnnnnnnnron cnn E 13 API Functions Descriptio isiin e a idea as ata E 13 AP Example Ds A O Ea a A AA A OIT E 14 I2C Driver Library Internals DD A A A E 16 Common Data Structures and Values cis ia E 16 MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 I2C Driver Library Internals Function Descriptions E 17 DLI F
151. d 0x5555 50 0xD555 56 OxD5D5 63 OxDDD5 69 OxDDDD 75 OxFDDD 81 OxFDFD 88 OxFFFD 94 OxFFFF 100 on Examples The following will set the fan speed to 25 and 88 respectively DINK32 MPC7448 env FANPWM 0x1111 DINK32 MPC7448 env FANPWM 0xFDFD 3 24 11 ENV TSHUTDOWN Encoding The TSHUTDOWN environment variable is used by the ATMS as the critical temperature shut down limit If the ATMS is enabled upon reaching this limit the system will power off If this environment variable is not defined then the default critical temperature is set to a default of 100 C The value entered is a decimal value representing the degrees in Celsius that the critical temperature will be set to The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 255 Examples The following will set the critical temperature limit to 95 C and 120 C respectively DINK32 MPC7448 env TSHUTDOWN 95 DINK32 MPC7448 env TSHUTDOWN 120 3 25 ETH Command ethernet Abbreviation eth Syntax eth b addr s size 1 Builds DINK Boards All Processors All DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 37 DINK32 Commands The eth command implements a simple ethernet traffic capture report facility As of Revision 13 2 of this document only Marvell based boards support the promiscuous setting necessary for this to be of interest Argum
152. d as big endian Use the metaware assembler option lb which is the default e reset s e resetl s These three Assembly language files need to be compiled as little endian Use the metaware assembler option le e except2l s e reg _swap s e go _tr2 s All the C language files need to be compiled as little endian Use the metaware option flag HL for little endian compilation the default is HB big endian The CC and two assembler commands for metaware are as follows e CC path metaware bin hcppce HL Hnocopyr c Hsds e ASOPTL big si le ASL path metaware bin asppc c ASOPTL e ASOPTB big_si be ASB path metaware bin asppc c S ASOPTB DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor H 1 Converting Dink32 to Little Endian The order of compilation and linking is as follows e reset o e except2l o e resetl o e exceptl o e go trl o e go tr2 o e reg _swap o All the rest of the C files The makefile included in Section H 3 3 DINKLE V7 0 10 8 97 makefile is useful to understand the linking order H 3 Explanation It is critical to understand that the processors and peripheral logic all come out of reset in big endian Therefore the first code that is run this is the reset code located in reset s and reset1 s will be compiled in big endian The reason why the reset vector is separated from the other code and other exception handlers found in except21 s is that it
153. dded All INT instructions and most FP and VEC operations supported PCI bus number selection was replaced with an automatically detected bus number Support for the BigBend platform was removed md and mm were replaced with the more flexible dd dm commands invisibly Therefore the MDMODE option was deleted Upon startup memory is always optimized unless the env is wiped out or a key is pressed so MEMOPT is no longer a special ENV variable For MPC745X processors L2CACHE is always enabled so the ENV variable is less useful but still supported Version 12 3 October 25 2001 Flag assembly of unknown SPRs as 90000 mfspr r14 badsprname Fixed the log and dl h commands that is the host port Restrictions on the dl h command baud of 19200 or less supported After the download completes it displays the error ERROR unrecognized command or symbol but in fact there is no error so ignore the error message DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 6 Freescale Semiconductor History of DINK32 Changes 3 Accommodated four stack spaces two each for each of two cpus CPUO set user s stack pointer to 0x20 bytes below the user s load address of 0x90000 32 8ffe0 CPUOU_STACK and 10000 bytes above the DINK stack space So if user uses more than 0x8000 stack it will impact the other CPU Set DINK stack pointer to 0x80000 32 7ffe0 CPUO_STACK CPUI if present set user s stack pointer to 0x20
154. ded utilities memory block e Returns any defined status indicator Description Generate a STOP signal to terminate the master transaction T2CStatus I2C_Master_Xmit unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 37 MPC8240 Drivers e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Master sends one byte of data to slave receiver The DLI global variables ByteToXmit XmitByte and XmitBufEmptyStop are used to determine which data byte or STOP to transmit If a data byte is sent it is written to the I2CDR This function may only be called when the following conditions are met I2CSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 I2CSR RXAK 0 I2CCR MSTA 1 I2CCR MTX 1 I2CStatus I2C_Master_Rcv unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns any defined status indicator Description Master receives one byte of data from slave transmitter The DLI global variables ByteToRcv RcvByte and RcvBufFulStop are used to control the accepting of the data byte or sending of a STOP if the buffer is full This function may only be called when the following conditions are met IZ2CSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 2CCR MSTA 1 I2CCR MTX 0 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Xmit unsigned int eumbbar NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block Returns I2CSUCCESS if data byt
155. ded utilities memory block rcv_addr is the receiver s I2C device address e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit e length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e is_cnt 1 this is a restart don t check MBB DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 35 MPC8240 Drivers this is a not restart check MBB e Returns Any defined status indicator Description Set up to send a buffer of data to the intended rev_addr If stop_flag is set after the whole buffer is sent generate a STOP signal provided that the receiver does not signal the STOP in the middle Caller is the master performing transmitting If no STOP signal is generated at the end of the current transaction the master can generate a START signal to another slave address NOTE The function does not actually perform the data buffer transmit It just sets up the DLI global variables to control the transaction and calls I2C_Start to send the slave address out on the I2C bus in transmit mode The application must check the return status to find out 1f the bus was obtained then enter a loop of calling I2C_Timer_Event to poll the I2C handler to actually perform the transaction one byte at a time while checking the return status to determine if there were any errors and whether the transaction has completed T2CStatus I2C_get unsigned in
156. device classification The PCI devices scanned are O and 10 to 31 Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt ppr UNIT PORT BUS DEV FN VEND DEV CLASS IDSEL ADDR BASE ADDRESS 0 0 0 0 0 1057 0002 Bridge 80000000 MEM 00000000 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 73 DINK32 Commands 3 61 PHY Command phy Abbreviation phy Syntax phy 1 r Builds All Boards All Processors All The phy command performs operations on Ethernet PHY devices With no arguments the current status of the PHYs is reported Arguments r Reset a PHY using the IEEE standard RESET bit l List all known PHYs Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt phy ENet Port 0 PHY 8 Auto Neg Complete Speed 1000 Mbps Duplex Full Crossover MDIX Cable 80 110 m Link Up 3 62 Ping Command ping Abbreviation ping Syntax ping f n no I len lt host_ip gt Builds DINK Boards Sandpoint MVP Processors All The ping command executes a typical network ping operation Arguments f Performs a flood ping l no Sets the packet length to no Default is 64 n no Sets the number of pings to perform Default is 4 hostip IP address to ping DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 74 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt ping
157. e Delay between chars 0 e Delay between lines 1 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 2 2 Freescale Semiconductor Using DINK Under Settings go to Modem preferences and make sure there is nothing set in this window All other settings should be the default To use Z Term connect Excimer and power it on Z Term should automatically detect it and display the bootup output on the screen 2 2 Starting DINK Once the terminal program is running turn on the power to the Sandpoint Excimer Maximer MVP or other platform After a short pause the DINK prompt should appear I O system initialized Memory Enabled 128MB at CL 2 Caches Enabled Ll ICache L1 DCache L2Cache 256K Register Inits 32 GPRs 32 FPRs 255 SPRs 32 VECs HHEH EHEHEH EEEH HHEH Version 13 2 GCC Build Released April 30 2003 Built on April 30 2003 11 28 00 Written by Freescale Semiconductor Inc PowerPC Apps Austin Texas System Sandpoint X3 with Valis MPC7455 Processor MPC7450 V2 3 1250 MHz Memory 133 MHz Memory 128MB at 3 1 1 1 Copyright 1993 2005 by Freescale Inc DINK32 MPC7447A 1 gt gt 2 3 Running eDINK on a Simulator Besides hardware eDINK runs on an e500 Core Instruction Set Simulator ISS or MPC8540 ISS 2 3 1 Running eDINK on e500 Core ISS 1 Setup the following variables a export ISS_BIN_PATH MODEL_PAT
158. e VGA video driver does not implement x86 emulation so only VGA cards that power up in useful modes or those with custom drivers in the xio c file can be used Examples env IO COM1 57600 env IO PMC 9600 100 env IO VGA env IO VGA USE 16 DINK32 MPC8240 DINK32 MPC8245 DINK32 MPC8245 DINK32 MPC8245 3 24 3 ENV L2CACHE Encoding The L2CACHE environment variable specifies a value to be used in setting the L2CR register The value may be a hexadecimal value which is copied to the L2CR as is Alternately it may be a string of terms separated by a space or comma The terms allowed depend on the CPU as shown in Table 3 4 Table 3 4 Term Strings L2CACHE Term Mead sab MPC745x Description par Y Y Parity support 256K Y Y L2 cache size 512K Y 768K 1M 2M Only 7400 7410 support 2 MB L2 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 31 DINK32 Commands Table 3 4 Term Strings continued MPC750 MPC755 L2CACHE Term 14567400 MPC7410 MPC745x Description lt L2 clock divider L2 SRAM type L2 restrictions yo o lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt Zz L2 sleep enable rep Y L2 replacement algorithm In addition the values 0 and OFF are allowed to prev
159. e familiar with the I2C bus protocol This is a companion document to the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specification and other documentation which collectively give details of the I2C protocol and the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 implementation This document provides information about the software written to access the I2C interface This software is intended to assist in the development of higher level applications software that uses the I2C interface NOTE At the time of Revision 13 2 the I2c driver software is currently under development The only modes that are functional are the master transmit and master receive in polling mode E 2 2 Overview This section consists of the following parts e An application program interface API that provides a very simple generic application level programmatic interface to the I2C driver library that hides all details of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the I2C interface that is the control register status register embedded utilities memory block etc e I2C API functions showing the following How the function is called i e function prototype Parameter definition Possible return values Brief description of what the function does An explanation of how the functions are used by an application program DINK32 usage employed as examples e An RC driver library internals DLI that provides information about the lower level software accessing the MPC82
160. e is available and has been initialized Examples DINK32 ARTHUR gt gt tau Tjc 58 C uncalibrated DINK32 ARTHUR gt gt tau c 18 Tjc 18 C DINK32 ARTHUR gt gt tau c 18 TAUCAL 0x8E001234 DINK32 ARTHUR gt gt tau Tje 18 DINK32 ARTHUR gt gt tau fh Tjc 32 F DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 88 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 75 Test Command test Abbreviation te Syntax test k kl bt vga hwm Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The TE command is an interface to specialized test code Arguments k kl bt vga hwm Examples DINK32 ARTHUR PS 2 keyboard test PS 2 keyboard loop BIOS timer test VGA init Hardware monitor test MVP gt gt hwm pVCORE 1 5V OVDD 2 3V 3 3V 3 6V 5 0V 5 2V 3 76 Time Command time Abbreviation rtc Syntax time wuxb d s dateltime Builds All Boards MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Elysium Processors All The time command allows setting or displaying the real time clock available on the MVP Sandpoint and Yellowknife systems Arguments The date and time are repeatedly displayed until a key is pressed Report UTC time as a 32 bit value assumes RTC is set to UTC GMT Disable the RTC time measurement throughout DINK will use jiffy based decrementer timing This is for R
161. e mainly written for the sandpoint system which is no longer supported by the current DINK32 release version 13 3 To obtain DINK32 for sandpoint please request DINK32 version 13 2 Seventeen example directories are included in the DINK32 distribution These directories include all the source files makefiles and readme files s All these directories contain examples of using the dynamic DINK addresses as described in Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions There is one makefile for each of these demos makefile UNIX metaware The metaware compiled code will complete by returning to DINK without error The 17 demo programs for this release are as follows agentboot dink_demo Dhrystone mwnosc l1test and I1teststd 12sizing backsidel2test lab4 Excimer only memspeed SADA AOS printtest testfile 3test spinit duart_8245 galileo mvp only tji O ea a a a nA A W N galileo_read_write mvp only ha On linpack watch Excimer only DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor B 1 Example Code B 1 agentboot The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that can then be downloaded into DINK at address 0x 100000 and run This example program is meant to demonstrate how to boot an MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 Tsi107 based PCI agent from agent local memory space on the Sandpoint reference platform B 1 1
162. e sent IACBUFFEMPTY if no data in sending buffer Description Slave sends one byte of data to requesting master The DLI global variables ByteToXmit XmitByte and XmitBuf are used to determine which byte if any to send This function may only be called when the following conditions are met IZCSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 2CSR RXAK 0 I2CCR MSTA 0 I2CCR MTX 1 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Rcv unsigned int eumbbar NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns I2CSUCCESS if data byte received IZCBUFFFULL if buffer is full or no more data expected Description Slave receives one byte of data from master transmitter The DLI global variables ByteToRcv RevByte and RcvBufFulStop are used to control the accepting of the data byte or setting the acknowledge bit I2CCR TXAK if the expected number of bytes have been received This function may only be called when the following conditions are met I2CSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 I2CCR MSTA 0 LECR MTX 0 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Addr unsigned int eumbbar DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 38 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block Returns RCADDRESS if asked to receive data results from call to 12C_Slave_Xmit if asked to transmit data Description Process slave address phase Called from I2C_ISR This function may only be called when the following cond
163. e such devices on the target hardware for upgrading To solve this problem Freescale Semiconductor provides a smaller version of DINK32 called MDINK The main purpose of MDINK is to download DINK32 or another boot program to ROM thus providing a robust way for upgrading the firmware There are four different versions of DINK 1 DINK32 provides the capability to download and debug application programs on classic cores 2 eDINK provides the capability to download and debug application programs on e500 cores plus the ability to simulate the e500 core processor using an instruction set simulator ISS an MPC8245 MPC824 1 MPC8240 simulator and an MPC8245 MPC824 1 MPC8240 board Elysium eDINK is described in the application note AN2236 3 MDINK32 provides the capability to download and upgrade firmware 4 VDINK provides simulation of PowerPC processors in a UNIX environment DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor C 1 Building and Extending DINK All the DINK32 are available in executable form They are delivered in the following file formats as shown in Table C 1 Table C 1 DINK32 File Formats Board S record elf Sandpoint 13 1 dink32 src dink32k standalone 13 1 dink32SA src n a MVP 13 1 mvpdink32 src mvpdink32 excimer 12 3 dink32 src n a vDINK vdink32 Sun OS vdink32 Linux eDINK for ISS edinkCor src n a eDINK for 8240 ISS edinklss src n a eDINK for Elysium edinkEly src
164. e user s initial state c Regmod can modify the user s cache state and the appropriate flush disable invalidate and enable routines manage the transition between user cache state and DINK cache state on every go_trace and return_from_exception or user_return d By enabling VERBOSE 1 in the environment variables the user can observe the transitions between DINK cache state and user cache state and return PCI MEM aperture set to 256 MB FPRs are set to zero on reset Corrections for PCI drive strength on PMC cards Set EXTROM and TBEN for MPC8245 plus reduced size write 10 New rd rm parser a rd bats shows bats A A DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor A 7 History of DINK32 Changes b rdr shows registers in condensed column format c rd SPR FIELD shows individual bits of an SPR register d rm SPR FIELD shows modifies individual bits of an SPR register e In non verbose mode registers are not force aligned and are printed in a denser format ENV RDMODE e fu for local flash faster id command extended for L3 support and MPC8245 standalone mode Teg_spr c maintained with a database structure system instead of individual procedures gpic support and new gpic command 15 Reorganized all the makefiles to have one file for the compiler tool paths 16 Added new demos and utilities directories 17 Auto detect memory 18 Fixed many bugs and imp
165. eDINK only S Show entire special purpose register family SX Show special purpose register 0 1024 SPRnameShow special purpose register by name e g msr sx fieldShow field of special purpose register 0 1024 SPRname fieldShow field of special purpose register by name nb Show Northbridge MPC107 etc register O OxFF bats Show and decode BAT registers If no arguments are given the last register set used as saved in the RDLAST variable is shown If RDLAST is not set nothing is shown The general purpose registers GPRs and floating point registers FPRs are always displayed as hexadecimal values while special purpose registers SPRs and NB registers may be displayed as hexadecimal values a list of field names or a visually expanded bit field called verbose mode Refer to the e and v for the latter two or the ENV option for RDMODE Vector prefix registers VPRs may be displayed as hex or floating point values in sizes from byte to word After registers are shown the arguments are saved in the RDLAST environment variable Examples VDINK32 MPC7450 7 gt gt rd rl r2 R1 0008FFEO R2 00000000 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt rd hid0 Hardware Implementation Dependent 0 SPR 1008 HIDO 0x80010080 10000000000000010000000010000000 are a EMCP Enable MCP Check AR DBP Disable Addr Data Gener at a A EBA En
166. each test is performed once If 0 is specified the test s are run forever m max If specified tests exit when max errors have been detected Otherwise tests continue regardless of the number of errors until all are complete X If specified halt all tests on the first error This is useful for extended passes to trap on any error q Perform only quick tests a Perform all non infinite tests V Report current test address every 1K N Minimize IO and IO checking for minimal PCI IO bus traffic n list Perform only test specified by list where list is one or more of the following characters 0 walking 0 s test non destructive slow walking 1 s test non destructive slow address data test destructive slow 1 A H bus hammer test destructive infinite Q quick pattern test non destructive R random pattern test non destructive S write sensitivity test destructive slow t Show elapsed time only on systems with a real time clock addr1 Starting address of memory to test addr2 Ending address of memory to test Addresses must be aligned to the size of the access as specified by the b h w option Tests labelled non destructive modify memory but restore the contents to the former condition unless an error occurs NOTE Be careful not to test memory regions used by DINK whether the test is destructive or not Examples 1 Quick test of memory DINK32 MPC750 gt gt
167. eakpoints in Downloading Updates line count every 100 lines at 115200 too much time was spent doing IO Uses the decrementer instead of the real time clock Uses char by char flow control Environment space Sets up malloc space env MALLOC start size Generic memory engine DD DM MD MM etc Adds ability to set write delay per byte to compensate for write recovery time of PC EEPROM Accepts q in addition to ESC x s to summarized duplicated lines with n option to suppress reading memory write only Added i cx device driver extended address gt 8 bit PC Added phy for CDS Ely Phy addresses are aligned for halfwords go_trl go tr verbose messages can be enabled independently of the global VERBOSE using the DINKOPT flag 0x08 1 e DO 0x8 or d with other options 2 IC Added i7c command p probes IC bus otherwise like dd i c meminfo Fixed inability to set SPD at higher baud rates CL nn allows overriding CL settings mem_tb Memory test can be stopped with the keyboard Memory test can set a max of errors m nnn DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 2 Freescale Semiconductor History of DINK32 Changes mt 1 had stopped working fixed mt v option shows current addr each 1 K mt N suppresses IO for faster tests mv fffff000 fffffffe 100000 would fail due to 32 bit transfer overflow Has
168. ent any other initialization attempts see identify Examples DINK32 MPC7450 env L2CACHE 0x80000000 DINK32 MPC7450 env L2CACHE par DINK32 MPC7400 env L2CACHE 0x3D014000 DINK32 MPC7400 env L2CACHE 2M 2 5 pb2 do 3 24 4 ENV L2PRIVATE Encoding The L2PRIVATE environment variable specifies a value to be used in setting the L2PM private memory register The value may be a hexadecimal value which is copied to the L2PM as is Examples The following will enable the L2 as 1MB of private memory at address range 0x0D00_0000 OxODOF_FFFF The L2 interface will be set up as L2 cache disabled parity enabled L2CLK 3 PB2 SRAM DINK32 MPC7410 env L2PRIVATE 0x0D000007 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 32 Freescale Semiconductor E A DINK32 Commands DINK32 MPC7410 env L2CACHE 0x4D010000 3 24 5 ENV L3CACHE Encoding The L32CACHE environment variable specifies a value to be used in setting the L3CR register The value may be a hexadecimal value which is copied to the L3CR as is DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 33 DINK32 Commands Alternately it may be a string of terms separated by a space or comma The terms allowed depend on the CPU as shown in Table 3 5 Table 3 5 L3 Cache Descriptions L3CACHE Term Description par Parity support 1M 2M L3 cache size 12 12 5
169. ents b addr s size 11 The starting address of the capture buffer If not specified the default is 0x 100000 The size of the capture buffer If not specified the default is 0x800000 Summarize the capture buffer Report all details of the capture buffer If no arguments are specified the ethernet port the one selected by DINK with the ni command is placed into promiscuous mode and all packets captured are stored into memory If memory fills the pointer wraps around so only the last packets are kept Examples DINK32 MPC7447A 1 gt gt eth Entering Promiscuous mode ESC to exit any key to report RxPackets 6844 RxErrors 1234 IPPackets 1234 ARPPackets 1234 UDPPackets 34 TCPPackets 1234 ICMPPackets 633 Packet Store Last Packet 01000000 09000000 01083448 Receive Rate 63 3 packets s DINK32 MPC7447A 12 gt gt eth 1 space pressed ESC pressed PACKET TYPE DATA ETH IP IPV4 Command expression Abbreviation ex Syntax ex expression Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The ex command implements a simple expression evaluator Arguments DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 38 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands expr The expression to evaluate An expression consists of values Decimal hexadecimal or binary values Values follow usual DINK standards of
170. er otherwise you cannot get to DINK prompt For example env BOOT a ff800000 t 5 set BOOT environment variable env s save environment variables Then reset the board and it will autoboot based on the parameters setup IMAGE PLACEMENT GUIDELINES The following are guidelines on placing the kernel user program and ramdisk in memory e Must be outside final execution of kernel 0 to size_of uncompressed kernel e Must be outside of where DINK runs typically 0 0x00140000 e Must be outside of DINK stack There are other cases but these are the major ones watch the WARNING and ERROR messages for more information on the conflicts EXPLANATION OF KERNEL RELOCATION The load address in the ulmage header specifies where the image is supposed to be moved Typically this is set to O but since DINK runs in this space the load address is ignored if there is any conflict Linux will relocate itself down to address 0 as part of its initialization NOTE Booting Linux and user programs was tested on Taiga with MPC7448 and ArgoNavis with MPC8641D 3 9 Breakpoint Command breakpoint Abbreviation bp bkpt Syntax bp address d val c 1 Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The bp command allows the user to manage breakpoints Breakpoints allow the user to run an application program and stop execution when code reaches the specified address This command will set or delete only one breakpo
171. er information which is divided into several sub fields char 20 module name char 2 version number char 2 revision number char 0 36 text comment Each subfield is composed of ASCII characters These are paired and interpreted as one byte hex values in the case of the revision number and version number fields For the module name and text comment fields these values should be interpreted as hexadecimal values of ASCII characters S1 The address field is interpreted as a 2 byte address The data in the record is loaded into memory at the address specified S2 The address field is interpreted as a 3 byte address The data in the record is loaded into memory at the address specified S3 The address field is interpreted as a 4 byte address The data in the record is loaded into memory at the address specified S5 The address field is interpreted as a 2 byte value which represents a count of the number of S1 S2 and S3 records previously transmitted The data field is unused S7 The address field is interpreted as a 4 byte address and contains the execution start address The data field is unused S8 The address field is interpreted as a 3 byte address and contains the execution start address The data field is unused S9 The address field is interpreted as a 2 byte address and contains the execution start address The data field is unused F 3 Examples Following are some sample S record entries broken
172. er space Ox000F_FFFF Bottom of CPUO DINK stack Ox000E_0000 Top of CPUO DINK stack 0x000D_FFFF 0x000C_0000 0x000B_FFFF Bottom of CPU1 DINK stack Top of CPU1 DINK stack Bottom of CPU1 user stack DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor Table 1 1 DINK Address Map continued Address Description Notes Ox000A_0000 Top of CPU1 user stack 0x0009_FFFF Bottom of CPUO user stack 0x0008_0000 Top of CPUO user stack 0x0007_FFFF Top of data section End of Excimer Maximer ENV storage 0x0007_F000 Start of Excimer Maximer ENV storage 0x0004_0000 Bottom of data section read write data 0x0003_03FF Top of rodata section 0x0002_FDOO Bottom of rodata section read only data 0x0002_FFFF End of text section 0x0000_3000 Start of text section code 0x0000_2FFF End of exception table 0x0000_0000 Start of exception table appear at various addresses A U N This is the new recommended user download address Note that stacks grow down so top and bottom have opposite senses For Excimer Maximer part of the code space is used for NVRAM emulation Due to incomplete address decoding other images of the DINK program will Excimer Maximer builds of DINK are typically smaller and can accommodate this no networking support
173. er speeds Not usually needed V Verifies a previous download printing an error message for each difference found o offset Adds a hexadecimal offset to the address of each of the S Record lines to relocate code b Download using 8 bit binary data in lieu of S records The srec2bin program in METDINK2 demos utilities srec2bin can translate S record files to contiguous binary streams Binary downloads do not have address information so the o offset option is almost always needed Once a binary download is started the user has thirty seconds to begin sending 8 bit binary values if no data is seen the download is cancelled After the initial thirty second start period has elapsed a 3 second idle timeout is in effect nw b binary file S record is the default file format nw f absolute path and filename required nw o offset adds a hex offset to the addresses in the S Record file or overwrite the default load address for binary download The default download baud rate is 9600 To speed up the download rate the baud rate may be changed see Section 3 67 SETBAUD Examples DINK32 MPC7455 17 gt gt dl nw b fdemo src Filename demo src File format Plain binary Default Offset 0x01000000 Successfully read 10159 bytes via TFTP at 1212303 bytes per second DINK32 PC750 gt gt dl k 147 lines received DINK32 PC750 gt gt Use the following to do a binary upgrade of DINK
174. erPC 32 bit microprocessors built on Power Architecture technology The introduction of the PowerPC architecture provided an opportunity to create an interactive debugger independent from previous debug monitors Since this family of microprocessors spans a wide market range DINK32 has to be extensible and portable as well as being specific enough to be useful for a wide variety of applications It is designed to be both a hardware and software debugging tool DINK32 was written in ANSIC and built with modular routines around a central core Only a few necessary functions were written in PowerPC assembly This document describes the DINK32 software the DINK32 command set utilities user program execution errors and exceptions and restrictions DINK supports numerous compilers compilation options and target platforms Some of these are used often enough to warrant a distinctive name DINK Standard DINK MDINK Minimal DINK fits in one sector of the Excimer Maximer flash and can load standard DINK32 into the remainder Only available with Excimer no source or downloadable code is available VDINK Virtual DINK a version of DINK which runs under Linux Unix or Windows and can emulate both DINK and the 32 bit PowerPC ISA sufficiently to emulate itself eDINK DINK for the e500 core processor SADINK Standalone DINK For the UnityX4 MPC8245 or UnityLC X1 MPC8241 standalone DINK runs on the MPMC module outside of the Sandpoint envi
175. erence Manual Rev 13 3 C 2 Freescale Semiconductor Building and Extending DINK C 4 Installation DINK32 is intended to replace any existing boot code It is not downloaded and executed but must typically be installed into a flash device C 4 1 Sandpoint Using a ROM burner or in line ROM emulator load the dink32 src srecord file or the dink32 executable See Section 3 31 FUPDATE C 4 1 1 Excimer and Maximer Using the MDINK32 facility running on an Excimer and Maximer board download the new dink32 with the command dl fl o ffc00000 then using the terminal s ascii download facility download the dink32 sfile See Section 3 32 FW and Section 3 20 Do Steps for downloading a new DINK32 into Excimer or Maximer 1 Connect the board to the computer by using a null serial cable to connect port from Excimer or Maximer board to coml on the host computer PC 2 Start Hyperterminal on a Windows NT PC see Section 2 1 2 1 Hyperterm on NT or a terminal emulator on a Mac see Section 2 1 2 2 Zterm on Mac 3 Reset the Excimer or Maximer board and stop MDINK32 by hitting any key on the keyboard during MDINK32 startup Perform the command fw e which will erase all of flash memory and recopy MDINK32 to flash Normally the MDINK32 flash sector is protected and the copy will be a no operation 4 When MDINK prompt returns reset board 5 Reset the baud rate by doing the following sb k 57600
176. erful framework for users who desire additional functionality The DINK32 software package can be executed on microprocessor boards that include the following devices and minimum memory configuration e MPC60x MPC74x MPC75x MPC824x MPC74xx MPC8641D MPC854x MPC855x microprocessors e Industry standard PC16x50 serial port such as the National Semiconductor PC87308 DUART Yellowknife and Sandpoint Reference Design or PC16552 DUART Excimer and Maximer Minimal Evaluation Board e 512 Kbyte EPROM or Flash for DINK32 version 13 1 1 or earlier 2MBytes of EPROM or Flash for DINK32 version 13 3 e 512 Kbyte RAM for DINK32 version 13 2 or earlier 256MBytes of RAM for DINK32 version 13 3 eDINK software package can be executed on simulators or microprocessor boards that include the following devices and minimum memory configuration e MPC8540 Instruction Set Simulator e e500 core Instruction Set Simulator Also on microprocessor boards such as the Mars Elysium MPC8540 reference board that include the following devices e Flash on LCSO DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 1 3 Introduction e At least 64 MB DDR SDRAM e Internal DUART Note that support for Mars and Elysium MPC8540 boards as well as the Instruction Set Simulator has stopped at DINK32 version 13 2 1 4 Memory Map for DINK32 Version 13 2 The memory model for DINK32 is shown in Table 1 1 The exception vectors and exception c
177. es and settings as needed make xconfig make dep make zImage 2 Convert the kernel plus bootwrapper to SRecords as follows cd arch ppc boot images zsrec s 800000 zImage sandpoint gt vm srec 3 Download the kernel to the Sandpoint board on the target sb k 38400 switch monitor baud rate to 38400 dl k on the host ascii xfr svn l 10 vm srec gt dev ttyS0 on the target sb k 9600 switch monitor baud rate to 9600 NOTE that the kernel wrapper gets downloaded to 0x800000 4 Burn 1 MB of data from 0x800000 into the flash at Oxff000000 after erasing the flash contents fu 1 o 800000 f 000000 100000 5 Test the kernel go f000000 Kernel should get uncompressed and should run DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 45 DINK32 Commands 6 Set up for automatic boot reset the board env c if necessary clears out the environment variables env LINUX 0xff000000 15 MVLinux 2 1 env BOOT LINUX 3 32 FW Command fw Abbreviation fw Syntax fw e o flash_addr Builds MDINK Boards Excimer Processors All The fw command copies the contents of the entire 512K of RAM to flash memory starting at flash address OxFFFO0000 Arguments e Erase the flash Always required oaddr Specify the specific address to copy from RAM to ROM address Examples DINK32_603e gt gt fw e Chip erase set Erasing entire f
178. ess for user programs has moved to 0x200000 to make space for current dink code and for future growth space for dink 3 Other changes DINK image for ArgoNavis CDS and Intrepid has grown bigger than 1MBytes requiring restructuring the map for 2MBytes image When downloading the image to flash make sure it resides in the last 2MBytes of flash Support for Sandpoint Mars MVP has stopped with version 13 2 Support for stand alone DINK has stopped with version 13 1 1 There was a stand alone DINK release with 13 2 but it didn t work Dink for Freeserve has not been tested for this release 4 Environment env changes Added TOFFSET variable controls DC offset of thermal sensor Added TDISABLE variable disables ATMS Added FANPWM variable controls CPU fan speed Added TSHUTDOWN variable sets the ATMS critical overheat temperature limit 5 New shell functions enhancements DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor A 1 History of DINK32 Changes dt command displays temperature of CPU when ATMS is enabled ct command configures ATMS Replace boot command with bootm command Added full support to boot Linux with ulmage kernel Version 13 2 July 15 2005 General system initialization MPC7447 and later now default to BTIC disabled Monitors and counts exception events MPC7447 and later now use extended BAT sizes Breakpoints Now have an option to lock br
179. ess offset map areas e 0x4_1000 0x4_10F0 Global PIC register map e 0x4_1100 0x4_FFFO Global timer register map e 0x5_0000 Ox5_FFFO Interrupt source configuration register map e 0x6_0000 0x6_OFFO Processor related register map In the MPC8245 Integrated Processor Reference Manual refer to the section PIC Register Summary in the Programmable Interrupt Controller PIC Unit chapter for the complete PIC register address map table Refer to the Register Definitions section of the Programmable Interrupt Controller PIC Unit chapter for all register definitions DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 42 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers E 4 23 PIC Modes e Pass through mode This mode provides a mechanism to support alternate interrupt controllers such as the 8259 interrupt controller architecture Pass through is the default mode of the PIC unit e Mixed mode This mode supports two subsequent interrupt modes either a serial interrupt mode up to 16 serial interrupt sources or a direct interrupt mode up to 5 direct interrupt sources In the MPC8245 Integrated Processor Reference Manual see Sections 11 3 11 5 in the Programmable Interrupt Controller PIC Unit chapter for more on PIC modes E 4 3 Drivers Epic Directory Structure DINK32 drivers epic e epic h contains all PIC register address macros and all function declarations e epicl c contains all C language routines e e
180. f a Sandpoint or Yellowknife for example a DINK upgrade DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt dl k o 100000 Download from Keyboard Port Offset Srecords by 0x00100000 Download Complete DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt fu h 100000 fff00000 7FFOO YK SP PCI Flash Programmer Are you sure Y Check flash type AMD Am29F040 Erasing flash 5 OK Program flash OK Verifying flash OK DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt 2 Use the following example to copy DINK32 into a local bus flash on a MPMC Be sure that PROGMODE is set and that booting is from the PCI flash DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt fu 1 FFF00000 FF700000 7FFOO PPMC Local Flash Programmer Are you sure Y Check flash type AMD Am29LV800BB Erasing flash OK Program flash OK Verifying flash OK DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 44 Freescale Semiconductor A EA DINK32 Commands 3 Add a Linux loader to the local flash DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt dl k o 100000 Download from Keyboard Port Offset Srecords by 0x00100000 Download Complete DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt fu 1 o 100000 FF600000 7FFOO PPMC Local Flash Programmer Are you sure Y Check flash type AMD Am29LV800BB No Erase flash OK Program flash OK Verifying flash OK DINK32 MPC7410 gt gt env BOOT 0xffe00000 4 Sandpoint Add a linux kernel boot built to use an NFS root file system to the local flash and execute it 1 Build the MVL kernel with whatever patch
181. f the interrupting vector is a valid interrupt then the vector number is used to reference the vector ISR from the cross reference table The vector ISR is then called to service the particular interrupt Once the ISR completes and returns an end of interrupt is issued by calling epicEOI Control then returns to epic_exception Epic_exception finishes by restoring state and performs an RFI return from interrupt back to the interrupted process E 4 9 Example Usage on Sandpoint Reference Platform At the time of Revision 13 2 the PIC driver source code currently defaults to a demonstration mode on the Sandpoint platform The demo code is located in the epicInit routine and allows for an interactive demonstration of external interrupts On Sandpoint X2 the external interrupts can be manually demonstrated on IRQ lines 1 and 2 using the motherboard slide switches S3 and S6 However these switches are not available on Sandpoint X3 The use of global timers 0 and 1 DMAO and the message unit if in a host agent setup are available on both Sandpoint board versions A debug mode is also provided and is controlled by the DEPICDBG compiler directive in the makefile located in the PIC source directory The compiler directive allows the driver code to be much more verbose and informative when exercising the PIC unit features in the debug state Although manual interrupt demonstration is not available on Sandpoint X3 the platform does implement seri
182. ffset to the Offset register in the ADT7461 If this variable is not set then a default offset value will be used depending on the processor type The value entered is a decimal value representing the degrees in Celsius to apply to the offset The minimum is 128 and the maximum is 127 Examples The following will set the DC offset to 34degC and 114degC respectively DINK32 MPC7448 env TOFFSET 34 DINK32 MPC7448 env TOFFSET 114 3 24 10 ENV FANPWM Encoding Then FANPWM evironment variable controls the CPU fan speed by modifying the PWM registers in the TICK register set The value must be a 16 bit hex value Table 3 7 gives a list of valid hex values with the approximate fan speeds If the ATMS is enabled this environment variable will be used to set the initial fan speed when no thermal limits have been exceeded If the ATMS is disabled the fan speed reverts back to this environment variable setting If the ATMS is enabled but this environment variable is not defined then the fan speed is set to a default of 50 Table 3 7 PWM Register Values with Approximate Fan Speeds Hex Value Speed 0x0000 0 off 0x0001 6 0x0101 13 0x8420 19 0x1111 25 0x2492 31 0x4545 38 0x5545 44 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 36 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Table 3 7 PWM Register Values with Approximate Fan Speeds continued Hex Value Spee
183. field are interpreted as a hex value Count indicates the number of remaining character pairs in the record Address These characters are interpreted as a hex address They indicate the address where the data is to be loaded into memory The address may be interpreted as a 2 3 or 4 byte address depending on the type of record 2 byte addresses require 4 characters 3 byte addresses require 6 characters and 4 byte addresses require 8 characters Data This field can have anywhere from 0 to 64 characters representing 0 32 hexadecimal bytes These values will be loaded into memory at the address specified in the address field DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor F 1 S Record Format Description Checksum These 2 characters are interpreted as a hexadecimal byte This number is determined as follows Sum the byte values of each pair of hex digits in the count address and data fields of the record Take the one s complement The least significant byte of the result is used as the checksum F 2 Specific Formats Each of the record types has a slightly different format These are all derived from the general format specified above and are summarized in Table F 1 Table F 1 SRecord Formats Type Description SO Contains header information for the S record This data is not actually loaded into memory The address field of an SO record is unused and will contain Ox0000 The data field contains the head
184. get all builds an simexcept2 src file and converts it to a simulator input file sram_data bin the user must still change the load address from fff00000 to 0000000 B 14 2 Usage See the readme file for more information B 15 galileo_read_write mvp only The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that will read the Galileo GT64260 Discovery bridge chip config register modify the PIPELINE bit bit 13 and then write it back This program can be modified to read or write any Galileo configuration register by modifying the main function B 15 1 Building There is one way to build it e metaware on unix makefile B 15 2 Usage No input is accepted Output consists of displaying the register value when read when modified and then when written See the readme file for more information B 16 linpack The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that will perform the linpack benchmark B 16 1 Building There is one way to build it metaware on unix makefile DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor B 9 Example Code B 16 2 Usage The user is prompted for input and when it is supplied then the function will run and produce results See the readme file for more information B 17 watch Excimer Only The directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that will read the time base on an Excimer
185. gth Builds DINK Boards Motherboards Processors All The fupdate command writes blocks of memory to various flash devices on the motherboard platforms Sandpoint MVP Freeserve HPC1 3 etc fupdate handles both the PCI based boot flash as well as the local boot and auxiliary flash device F and local bus ROMs on PMC cards See the fl command for Excimer and Maximer DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 43 DINK32 Commands Arguments l Program a local bus flash NOTE On PPMC cards the PROGMODE switch must be enabled h Program a host flash on the PCI bus YK SP systems e Erase flash do not program n Do not check manufacturer ID s 0 Overwrite flash without erasing X Suppress progress display quieter q Query just report the flash detected and exit S Sector erasing If specified fu attempts to use sector erasing when erasing is needed as opposed to erasing the entire flash This is faster and allows multiple images to be easily managed however as of Revision 13 2 of this document it does not always work It does not cause data loss so it can still be retried without s if it fails src_addr Address of data to copy to flash dest_addr Address of data to store flash data typically FFF00000 for PCI ROM and FF000000 for PMC ROM when in PROGMODE length Length of data to copy in hex Examples 1 Store a program in the PCI based ROM o
186. he expected number of bytes have been received This function may only be called when the following conditions are met RCSR MIF 1 RCSR MCF 1 2CCR MSTA 0 I2CCR MTX 0 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Addr unsigned int eumbbar NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns 2CADDRESS if asked to receive data results from call to 12C_Slave_Xmit if asked to transmit data Description Process slave address phase Called from I2C_ISR This function may only be called when the following conditions are met RCSR MIF 1 I2CSR MAAS 1 I2CStatus I2C_ISR unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns I2CADDRESS if address phase for master receive Results from call to I2C_Slave_Addr if being addressed as slave untested Results from call to I2C_Master_Xmit if master transmit data mode Results from call to I2C_Master_Rcv if master receive data mode Results from call to I2C_Slave_Xmit if slave transmit data mode untested Results from call to I2C_Slave_Rcv if slave receive data mode untested I2CSUCCESS if slave has not acknowledged generated STOP untested DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 21 MPC8240 Drivers I2CSUCCESS if master has not acknowledged wait for STOP untested I2CSUCCESS if bus arbitration lost untested Description Read the I2CCR and I2CSR to determine why the RCS
187. he file is rewound that is the I O pointer is set to the start of the file Used to restart T O operations filename The name of a Unix Linux or PC filename to be used Example VDINK32 MPC8240 gt gt vhf usr share dink32 src VDINK32 MPC8240 gt gt dl h o 100000 3456 records VDINK32 MPC8240 gt gt dl h o 100000 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 92 Freescale Semiconductor 3 81 Virtual Memory File DINK32 Commands Command virtual memory Abbreviation vmem Syntax vmem w filename Builds VDINK Boards None Processors All The VM command allows reading or writing the virtual memory space of VDINK to an external file Arguments W The virtual memory space is written to the named file filename The name of a Unix Linux or PC filename that holds an image of the VDINK virtual memory If w is not specified the filename is read and virtual memory is set VM is often used with the AUTO ENV variable to load a default setup Example VDINK32 MPC8240 gt gt vmem w tmp vmem VDINK32 MPC8240 gt gt env AUTO vmem tmp vmem 3 82 VQUIT Command virtual quit Abbreviation vq Syntax vq Builds VDINK Boards None Processors All The VQ command quits the VDINK and returns to the OS Arguments None Examples VDINK32 MPC750 gt gt vq DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale
188. he program exits with a return to DINK Exceptions are reported by DINK which regains control DINK sets up a stack for the user and places the DINK return address in the link register Thus the user can return to DINK via this return address 2 5 4 Displaying Registers Registers are displayed by the register display rd command The modify register rm command is used to modify registers These commands do not affect the actual hardware registers at the time the command is entered Rather they affect the user register set maintained by DINK The go and trace commands actually copy the registers to the hardware before the user code begins executing 2 5 5 Advanced Features DINK contains an assembler command as and a disassembler command ds DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 2 6 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 3 DINK32 Commands This chapter describes the DINK32 user commands The full command mnemonic is listed in the upper left hand corner and the short command abbreviation is listed next in smaller type All commands listed except fw e are available to DINK32 those commands available to MDINK32 are marked as MDINK32 compatible Commands appear in boldface throughout this chapter NOTE All addresses entered must be in hexadecimal but not preceded by Ox Leading zeros will be added as needed 3 1 Definitions MDINK32 compatible This command is also available in MDINK32 Where commands are different
189. how modify field of special purpose register 0 1024 SPRname fieldShow modify field of special purpose register by name nb Show modify Northbridge MPC107 etc register 0 OxFF The GPRs and FPRs are always displayed as hexadecimal values However SPRs and NB registers may be displayed as hexadecimal values a list of field names or a visually expanded bit field called verbose mode Refer to the e and v for the latter two or the ENV option for RDMODE VPRs may be displayed as hex or floating point values in sizes from byte to word Note that special purpose and Northbridge registers can only be accessed individually They cannot be accessed as a family or with the or range forms Northbridge supports b h w options for byte halfword and word access The vector registers are treated in the following manner since they are 128 bit registers they are normally treated as a collection of four 32 bit values Thus each 32 bit value can be set individually or as a set Each 32 bit value is indicated by a number separated by the _ underline character Each 32 bit value will be shifted left into the vector register Example rm v02 modifies the contents of vector register 2 A value x will shift 32 bits into v02 x_x will shift 64 bits into v02 and x_x_x and x_x_x_x will shift correspondingly into v02 Thus 0_0_0_0 is required to zero out all of v02 Alternately the size of the register can be specified
190. i Syntax ni i m Ep En t Builds DINK Boards Sandpoint MVP Processors All This command can be used to show and modify the network parameters stored in NVRAM Arguments Initialize network device and TCP IP parameters Show MAC address of embedded Ethernet controller MVP only Modify TCP IP network parameters select TFTP server IP address Resets network information Set TELNET session timeout platform will be reset if timeout NOTE No NIC initialization is allowed if connected via TELNET console Use ni p to change TFTP server IP address in TELNET console At the time of Revision 13 2 of this document only Realtek 8129 8139 or equivalent clones are supported by DINK driver Examples DINK32 MPC7455 8 gt gt ni NETWORK INFORMATION PCI CARD Type 8139 10EC on slot 16 SETTINGS SERVER TFTP LOM 18 15 27 GATEWAY TO 18 177 254 NETMASK E 253 250 252 0 DHCP PA O IO CLIENT DINK LOs E o 17 201 DHCP Disabled SESSION TIMEOUT Never DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 68 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 54 Opts Command opts Abbreviation op Syntax opts Builds DINK Boards Sandpoint MVP Processors All This command can be used to show and or modify the DINK global options parameter The options are stored in NVRAM as an environment variable Arguments None
191. ill display the contents of a particular location in the requested format then wait for user commands which may be any of the following value abcd return Vv ESC X Write the hexadecimal value to the current location The value entered may be truncated if necessary to the memory size Write the character literal value s abcd to the current location The leading single quote is required Go to the next location using the current selected direction defaults to forward Set the direction to forward Upon return the current location advances by 1 byte halfword or word Set the direction to reverse Upon return the current location advances by 1 byte halfword or word Set the direction to 0 dm will keep examining and modifying the same location until v or is entered Help Stop Stop The direction commands are sticky once set dm will continue in that direction until a new direction is entered The VT100 cursor keys may be used to move up and down Examples DINK32 MPC750 0x0040 Ox0041 0x0042 Ox0041 0x0040 Ox0041 0x0041 0x0041 0x0041 1 3E 2 4 1 4 4 4 4A gt gt dm nvram 40 4 lt enter gt skip E 47 new value ERA go back 7 48 right value 4 v go forward 8 lt enter gt 8 lt enter gt 8 lt enter gt lt enter gt erratic bit DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13
192. in memory not recommended for clarity H 3 3 DINKLE V7 0 10 8 97 makefile This makefile will only work with V7 0 it is included here only for illustrative purposes DEBUG OPTIM cc risc tools pkgs metaware bin hcppc HL Hnocopyr c Hsds fsoft Hlist CCobj CC S DEBUG OPTIM PREP CC P Assembler used to build the s files for the board version ASOPTL ig_si le ASOPTB big_si be ASL risc tools pkgs metaware bin asppc c ASOPTL ASB risc tools pkgs metaware bin asppc c ASOPTB Linker to bring o files together into an executable LKOPT Bbase 0 xm system_reset Bnoheader Bhardalign xo dink32 src q Qn Cglobals Csections Csymbols Ccrossref LINK risc tools pkgs metaware bin ldppc LKOPT gt xref txt DOS Utilities DEL rm COPY cp LIST ls 1 These are the modules which have to do with DINK s registers REGISTERS reg_tb o reg_spr o These are the modules which have to do with DINK s memory access routines MEMORY mem_tb o These are the modules which have to do with the DINK parser PARSER tok_tb o arg_tb o rfs_tb o par_tb o toks o These are the modules which have to do with the error checking and reporting ERRORS errors o err_tb o These are the modules which have to do with the downloader including DINK s compression routines DOWNLOAD downld o dc_tb o
193. inkusr s Functions continued Function Name Function Definition get_ KEYBOARD Return address of keyboard com port dink_get_char DINK32 get next character from the DUART buffer essentially the keyboard for the user This function requires the KEYBOARD value obtained from get_KEYBOARD as an argument See G 6 example program _getcannon for an example of the correct way to obtain this value dink_put_char DINK32 put character to the output buffer get_memSpeed Returns the integer value of memSpeed example int val val get_memSpeed get_process_type Returns the character value of process_type example char type type get_process_type smp_release_cpu Holds jump address for this cpu read_pid Read the PID of this CPU memSize Returns the size of memory memCL Memory burst rates NULL Unused board_ctl Various control featers of the board cpu_info CPU information like the name cache sizes AltiVect mach_info Board information like the BoardID ports io drivers The simple steps for using these dynamic addresses are as follows Use DINK32 V11 1 or later 2 Use define for local functions to be connected to the DINK32 functions example define printf dink_printf 3 The first executable statement in the C code must be set_up_transfer_base Now whenever the program calls one of these functions such as printf it will transfer control to the equivalent DINK32 function
194. int at a time and must be repeated for each breakpoint Setting a breakpoint will not remove a breakpoint from an address if a breakpoint already exists there Deleting a breakpoint from an invalid index has no effect Breakpoints can be set or deleted one at a time and all are displayed during a breakpoint list A maximum of 20 breakpoints can be set in the system DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 12 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands Arguments d val Delete the breakpoint matching the supplied val On previous versions of DINK val could be a value from 0 31 and this is still supported and represents the order in the list of the breakpoint to remove On DINK 13 0 values gt 31 are assumed to be addresses of the breakpoint to remove and thus the order in the list is not important l Lock the breakpoints Normally DINK removed the breakpoint after trapping on it however with this option the breakpoint will remain set C Delete all breakpoints addressSet a breakpoint at the supplied address If no argument is supplied the current breakpoints are listed Examples DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bkpt 260100 Breakpoint set at 0x00260100 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp BREAKPOINT ADDRESS LOCKED COUNT 1 00260100 No 0 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt go 260000 Breakpoint Encountered 0x00260100 cmp 0 0 r03 r04 DINK32 MPC8245 gt gt bp BREAKPOINT ADDRESS LOCKED COUNT none
195. ion 10 4 November 11 1998 1 Recaptured 10 3 LED post routine in MDINK Added BMC_BASE_HIGH for MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 to reach the high config registers Added memory test feature during POR Corrected ending address for MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 X4 configuration Added basic support for MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 E Wb A 16 Version 10 3 No Date 1 This was never released A 17 Version 10 2 September 11 1998 1 This release is the same as Version 10 Revision 1 A 18 Version 10 1 September 10 1999 1 Enable ICACHE and DCACHE A 19 Version 9 5 August 5 1998 1 Implement flash commands fw e and basic flash erase and write support 2 Split DINK into two types MDINK minimal DINK and DINK 3 Implement support for Excimer A 20 Version 9 4 May 22 1998 1 Implement L2 Backside Code 2 Turned on DCACHE and ICACHE as default at boot time 3 Added Yellowknife X4 boot code Map A amp B A 21 Prior to Version 9 4 Approximately October 10 1997 1 Merged CHRP and PREP 2 Added W_ACCESS Word access H_ACCESS and B_ACCESS 3 One version of DINK works with all processors MPC601 MPC603 MPC604 and ARTHUR DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor A 11 History of DINK32 Changes DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 12 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix B Example Code The example demos described in this appendix are available on the DINK32 web site Please note that the following examples ar
196. ipulating the branch table in DINK32 Branch labels within PowerPC assembly instructions will not be recognized by the assembler if the branch label has not yet been entered into the table The user may display the branch table list with the st instruction The DINK32 assembler ignores any comments preceded by a and any org and dc commands The assembler does recognize the word and long operations The assembler also accepts simplified mnemonics in general immediate values including condition register bit offsets are assumed to be decimal unless preceded by Ob binary Ox hexadecimal or Od decimal Floating point and general purpose registers are recognized just like previous versions of DINK32 where the register number may be preceded by an r general purpose an f floating point or a v vector AltiVec but these preceding letters are not required Simplified branch mnemonics involving the condition registers may have the condition register number preceded by cr but is not necessary The assembler always expects a cr field for compare and branch instructions where according to the architecture cr0 is implied if a cr field is not given DINK32 does implement the implied cr0 functionality of the simplified mnemonics Simple mnemonics that use the form 4 cr lt n gt lt cc gt must enter this form with no spaces n condition reg cc condition Comments can be specified with the
197. is desirable to run the other handlers in little endian mode so they will be assembled with the little endian assembler The linker will then link the files in the following order reset s except21 s resetl s which are big endian little endian and big endian respectively All of the other files are compiled as little endian H 3 1 Two Important Considerations The first involves the copy algorithm and the second involves the little endian swap code H 3 2 Copy Algorithm In DINK we copy ROM contents to RAM before jumping to the RAM image The compiler has compiled the rest of DINK as TRUE little endian Little endian on processors that implement the PowerPC architecture is not a TRUE little endian but rather a munged little endian scheme see the Programming Environments Manual for more details The fact that the processor really expects BIG ENDIAN data at little endian addressing is accomplished by the unmunging of data during the copy algorithm use of stwbr instructions The copy algorithm is found in except2 s which has been copied along with all of system_reset to except21 s The code is shown here now copy DINK in ROM to RAM ROM image is compiler little endian so we have to swap the byte and muge the address by K O addis r8 r0 0 use this for copy ROM to RAM ori r8 r8 4 use for Munge address lpi lwz r10 0 r4 read word from eprom lwz r11 4 r4 muge the address DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3
198. ister It is up to software to apply the mask to the status register to determine whether or not to take any action The interrupt should not occur if the mask bit is set but this has not yet been tested E 3 1 4 Writing and Reading Doorbell Registers The functions I ODBPost and I ODBGet are defined in drivers I 0 1 01 c to write a bit pattern to or return the contents of the agent s inbound and outbound doorbell registers Note that the agent application accesses both inbound and outbound doorbell registers via its own EUMB and the host application accesses these same doorbell registers via the agent s PCSR See the code in test_I O for usage examples E 3 1 4 1 Host Rings an Agent via Agent s Inbound Doorbell The host application calls the LO library function I ODBPost to write the bit pattern to the agent s inbound door bell register IDBR If the inbound doorbell is enabled this generates a message unit interrupt to the agent processor and the agent s PIC unit will execute the O_ISR_agent function to determine the cause of the message unit interrupt and handle it appropriately If the inbound doorbell is not enabled no interrupt is generated but the doorbell and the status register bit are still set The agent application reads the IDBR by calling the LO library function ODBGet This clears the IDBR E 3 1 4 2 Agent Rings a Host via Agent s Outbound Doorbell The agent application calls the LO library function L
199. itions are met RCSR MIF 1 I2CSR MAAS 1 T2CStatus I2C_ISR unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns I2CADDRESS if address phase for master receive results from call to I2C_Slave_Addr if being addressed as slave untested results from call to I2C_Master_Xmit if master transmit data mode results from call to I2C_Master_Rcv if master receive data mode results from call to I2C_Slave_Xmit if slave transmit data mode untested results from call to I2C_Slave_Rcv if slave receive data mode untested I2CSUCCESS if slave has not acknowledged generated STOP untested I2CSUCCESS if master has not acknowledged wait for STOP untested I2CSUCCESS if bus arbitration lost untested Description Read the RCCR and I2CSR to determine why the I2CSR MIF bit was set which caused this function to be called Handle condition see above in possible return values This function is called in polling mode as the handler function when an I2C event has occurred It is intended to be a model for an interrupt service routine for polling mode but this is untested and the design has not been reviewed or confirmed This function may only be called when the following condition is met IZ2CSR MIF 1 NOTE This function is tested only for the master transmit and master receive in polling mode It is probably not tested even in those modes for situations when the slave does
200. l Rev 13 3 3 54 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 41 Log Command log Abbreviation log Syntax log Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The log command toggles whether DINK messages and character echoes that are sent to the keyboard COM1 port will also be sent to the host COM2 port Arguments None Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt log Logging enabled IO is copied to the host port DI K32 MPC750 gt gt log Logging disabled 3 42 Memory Compare Command memcompare Abbreviation mc Syntax mc q lt addr1 gt lt addr2 gt lt addr3 gt Builds All Boards All Processors All The memcompare command compares two blocks of memory a source and a target using 32 bit accesses reporting each difference found The report stops at each page allowing the command to be cancelled in the event of a large number of differences found Arguments q If specified only the count of differences is shown not each one addr1 First source address to compare addr2 Last source address to compare addr3 First target address to compare The last target end address is not specified comparison stops when the source address range has been checked DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 55 DINK32 Commands Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt me 100000 100200 200000 00
201. lash memory Entering verify erase loop Flash erased Done erasing flash memory Copying 512K ram to flash address fff00000 3 33 Go Command go Abbreviation go Syntax go address args Builds All Boards All Processors All The go command allows the user to execute user code starting at specified address until one of the following events occurs e A breakpoint is encountered DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 46 Freescale Semiconductor e A BLR instruction returns control to DINK e An exception is caused If a breakpoint is encountered the user must clear the breakpoint in order NOTE for execution to continue In order to return from user code to DINK the stack pointer the value in R1 must be preserved DINK32 Commands Run code at the address in the SRRO Machine Status Save Restore register bits 0 29 This is useful for continuing where a breakpoint had previously stopped execution Specify the address to start executing code Arbitrary command line arguments passed to application code using the DINK transfer table dink_transfer_table args thus the contents of memory are pointed to by initially Arguments address args Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt ds 0x001181dc 0x3c600000 0x001181e0 0x60631234 0x001181e4 0x3c800000 0x001181e8 0x60845678 0x001181lec 0x7c632214 0x001181 0 0x38841234 0x
202. layed Arguments The following arguments are all valid for specifying register displays b Display and modify registers as a byte h Display and modify registers as a halfword W Display and modify registers as a word f Display and modify registers as a single float value vector and floating point registers only d Display and modify registers as a double float value vector and floating point registers only y Force display to be verbose regardless of RDMODE environment setting Present register values of all the fields of an SPR or NB register as a list of field names and values It is longer than a simple hexadecimal display but shorter than the verbose option r Show entire general purpose register family rx Show general purpose register x 0 to 31 rx Show general purpose register x through r31 rx ry Show general purpose register x through y rdf Show entire floating point family fx Show floating point register x 0 to 31 fx Show floating point register x through f31 fx fy Show floating point register x through y DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 76 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands v Show entire AltiVec vector register family VX Show AltiVec vector register x 0 to 31 vx Show AltiVec vector register x through v31 vx vy Show AltiVec vector register x through y p Show entire e500 performance register family eDINK only px Show e500 performance register 0 1024
203. ld isr_uartl src in the isr directory cdisr make isr_uartl src is built to load at 0x001c0000 2 Build main src in the driver directory cd driver make main src is built to load at 0x001a0000 3 Download isr_uartl src and main src in DINK dl k lt use the terminal emulator to download isr_uartl src gt dl k lt use the terminal emulator to download main src gt 4 Attach the isr to epic dev epic ISRCnt 24 1c0000 dev epic B 13 2 Usage Attach the SP com output to a terminal emulator for com1 Attach the 8245 DUART output to a terminal emulator for com2 Once started using the steps outlined in the build instructions above begin typing into the com2 terminal after the download and performing the dink32 commands above B 14 galileo mvp only This directory is used to build an except2 s suitable for initializing a board using the Galileo GT642600 Discovery bridge chip It is designed for simulation on a synopsis board however the s record file could DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 B 8 Freescale Semiconductor Example Code be downloaded to a board using the Galileo bridge chip It would require some modifying for the particular bridge chip This is designed for the Galileo GT64260 Discovery bridge chip It also contains the capability of running a linpack benchmark It is called simexcept2 src This is only useful for someone with a hardware simulator B 14 1 Building makefile tar
204. le addr addr Read a filename into memory Write a filename to disk Delete the filename from the disk Execute a file read 1t and boot from it Set the execution address of a file set with w used with x Alter the execution address of file requires a Set the notes field descriptive text Format a disk with space for lt n gt files List the file information If no file list the whole disk catalog Add a second 1 for more details Starting address of memory to write Ending address of memory to write In all cases file may be 1 32 characters and may be preceded by A D and to select a different IDE disk drive Examples DINK32 MPC7450 ELF a gt ES a 20 Are you sure y pfs root created for 10 files DINK32 MPC7450 DINK32 MPC7450 2 gt gt fs w loader 100000 1ffff0 3 gt gt fs 1 loader 100000 1ffff0 _ FILENAME SIZE NOTES loader ffffO DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 40 Freescale Semiconductor 3 28 Final Assembly Init DINK32 Commands Command fi Abbreviation fi Syntax fi y Builds All Boards All Processors All The fi command is used to initialize a board environment to that shipped from the factory It may be used to restore a system when loading a new software environment etc Arguments y extra argument required for safety Examples DINK32 MPC7450 1 g
205. lication initializes its own EUMBBAR this actually happens in the Kahlualnit function defined in kahlua s and inbound and outbound address translation windows This is done during initialization in the main function main c Try to enable an MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 slave device This is only enabled for Map B if address_map 0 B if target_mode 0 probe PCI to see if we have an MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 if pciKahluaProbe KAHLUA_ID_LO VENDOR_ID_HI amp target_add r 1 PRINT Host n config_kahlua_agent else if target_type KAHLUA_ID_LO lt lt 16 VENDOR_ID_HI PRINT Agent n Inbound address translation sysEUMBBARWrite L_ATU_ITWR ATU_BASE ATU_IW_64K pciRegSet PCI_REG_BASE PCI_LMBAR_REG PCI_MEM_ADR Outbound address translation DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 24 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers sysEUMBBARWrite L_ATU_OTWR 0x100000 ATU_IW_64K sysEUMBBARWrite L_ATU_OMBAR 0x81000000 5 D E 3 1 2 Interrupt Service Routines 1 0 ISR_host and I0_ISR_agent There is a fundamental difference in the interrupt service routine ISR for the host and agent the LO_ISR_agent function only has to handle inbound message unit interrupts but the 1 0_ISR_host must handle any possible interrupt from an MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 Kahlua agent not limited to the agent s outbound message
206. lization code MAY use this value to override the CL 2 value in the SPD EEPROMs Specifying an overly aggressive CL 3 value may result in a system that will not startup DO Always Dink Global Options Use the op command to manage DO 2 DOTCOM With Command to be executed when command is used DOTCOM rd r3 r7 command IO Startup IO encoder values see below 10 COM1 57600 1O X10 9600 1O PMC 384000 100 L2CACHE Startup Hex value specifies L2CR value L2CR encoder values see L2CACHE 0 below L2CACHE 0x4D012000 L2CACHE 2M pb2 2 5 L2ERRINTEN Startup L2 ECC control values values are transferred directly to the Varies L2ERRDIS respectively named SPRs L2ERRCTL L2PRIVATE Startup Hex value specifies L2PM value or encoded values see below L2PRIVATE 1M L3CACHE Startup Hex value specifies L3CR value or encoded values see below L3ICACHE 0x9F024000 L3PRIVATE Startup Hex value specifies L3PM value or encoded values see below L3PRIVATE 1M LINES Always Number of lines to display for help md dd and other LINES 5 multi line print commands LINES 24 LINES 0 0 means infinite DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 29 DINK32 Commands Table 3 3 Environment Names continued Environment When Used Definition Typical Values Name MALLOC Startup Allocates space for user programs to allocate memory
207. ll I2C_do_transaction to receive the buffer of data The following code samples have been excerpted from the DINK32 application to illustrate the use of the I2C API from par_devtest in device c define PRINT dink_printf int dink_printf unsigned char fmt body of application print output function In the function par_devtest for testing the I2C device interface initialize the I2C handler to I2C address 48 if needed if I2CInited I2C_Status status if status I2C_Initialize 48 en_int PRINT I2C_SUCCESS PRINT devtest I2C error in initiation n return ERROR else T2CInited 1 return test_i2c action en_int static unsigned char rcv_buffer BUFFER_LENGTH 0 static unsigned char xmit_buffer BUFFER_LENGTH 0 KK IK KK I I RARA RA I I kkk kkk RAR A RARA RARA RAR function test_i2c description run i2c test by polling the device DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 32 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers note Test i2c device on PMC card 0x50 serial EPROM The device test data is currently only printable characters This function gets some data from the command line validates it and calls the I2C library function to perform the task FER KA RARA RARA RARA RARA RARA RARA RARA ARA RARA RARA RARAS static STATUS test_i2c int act int en int int retry 800 le
208. lp Command help Abbreviation he Syntax help name Builds All Boards All Processors All The help command provides information on the available commands in DINK which vary according to board and processor type help followed by the command name and arguments provides additional detailed information Arguments name Name of the command for which additional help is needed cache Information on setting L2 L3 cache variables 9 gt who Information on DINK team If no name is supplied a menu of all available commands is shown See menu for details Help is also available by adding the argument to any command Examples DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt help rtc RTC COMMAND Mnemonic rtc Syntax rtc s w Description This command sets or displays the Real Time Clock Flags s Set the clock w Watch the clock until a key is pressed If no option is entered the date and time is printed 3 36 History Command history Abbreviation hi Syntax hi Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The history command manages the history table and the buffer containing the most recently executed commands The only function of the history command is to display the current contents of the history table The indices reported by the history table can be used to re enter a recent command DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3
209. ly DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 21 DINK32 Commands If the plus argument is used the command will display multiple lines of disassembled code beginning at the starting address DINK will pause after 22 lines and continue when return is pressed or cancel if 66 99 the user types x If the range form is used the command will continue reading and disassembling for each inclusive address in the range specified Branch labels entered during an assemble session are displayed during disassembly In order for branch labels to be calculated correctly branch labels must be entered before instructions refer to that label Simplified mnemonics are disassembled both as a simplified mnemonic and as a comment in the full assembly form Examples DIND32 examples DINK32 MPC7455 3 gt gt ds 100000 00100000 5CC4403E rotlw r4 r6 r8 rlwnm r r6 8 0 31 DINK32 MPC7455 4 gt gt ds 100000 100018 00100000 5CC4403E rotlw r4 r6 r8 rlwnm r4 r6 8 0 31 00100004 C80103E8 lfd f0 1000 r1 00100008 5DA0B854 rlwnm r0 r13 23 1 10 0010000C 63420FFF loop ori r26 r2 4095 0xfff 00100010 C8010BB8 lfd f0 3000 r1 00100014 7D9A0000 cmp SES Op E26 r0 00100018 4082FFF4 bne 0 loop bc 4 2 1048588 0x10000c Loop DINK32 MPC7455 5 gt gt ds 100000 100004 00100000 5CC4403E rotlw r4 r6 r8 rlwnm r4 r6 8 0 31 00100004 C80
210. mmand options 2 5 1 Running External Programs In order to run user programs the user must compile and link a program to start at 0x100000 or higher Various PowerPC compilers are available to convert user programs to executable files Once the file is ready it needs to be transferred to DINK s memory space DINK supports S record or binary file including ELF and such files can be downloaded either through a serial port or by ethernet Once in memory the loaded code can be set into action with either a go or trace command The demo directory and Appendix B Example Code have examples of compiling programs for this purpose 2 5 2 Assigning Breakpoints A breakpoint halts execution of user code at arbitrary locations allowing inspection of the processor and memory state at a particular point Breakpoints are set with the bp command along with one or more desired stop point addresses When go or tr are used to run code execution will be halted and DINK will restart when any breakpoint addresses are encountered DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 2 5 Using DINK Executing go or tr on top of a breakpoint deletes the breakpoint this allows ease in stepping over a breakpoint but caution is required for breakpoints in loops 2 5 3 Executing Code Code can begin executing with the go command Code will execute until either an error occurs such as an exception or until t
211. mmands the following procedure is used 1 The command is written in C and linked into the DINK executable Command arguments are passed to the function and may invoke an argument processor When the command has completed its task it returns a status code SUCCESS or an error code from errors h 2 A descriptive line is added to the function shell c C 5 1 Writing Commands To write a new command it is easiest to use the following template STATUS my_cmd DINKCMD cmd char args static char mycmd_help Syntax mycmd a n fno dno 0 y int b_arg char Ds ESTE ULONG x NO b_arg 0 whil b arg_getopts amp args bn s x amp str amp no 0 switch b case return more_help cmd mycmd_help case b b_arg break Case n funcNo no break DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 C 4 Freescale Semiconductor Building and Extending DINK user commands here return SUCCESS Each command is passed information via the DINKCMD structure which is documented below and the command line arguments If command arguments are needed then the DINK function arg_getopts args template str_ptr long_ ptr is used to extract them as follows args Supplied to the command passed as is template A string containing the arguments to collect and the expected format See below str_ptr A pointer to a char If character strings are
212. n 0 rsta 0 addr 0 unsigned char eprom_addr 0x50 read transaction address addr read of bytes to transfer len A A F HF F validate the data address length etc If transmitting get the raw data into the transmit buffer xmit_buffer read built in I2C device on the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card if act DISPLAY _TAG if I2C_do_transaction en_int I2C_MASTER_RCV eprom_addr addr len rcv_buffer I2C_STOP retry I2C_NO_RESTART I2C_SUCCESS PRINT dev I2C error in master receive test n return ERROR else rcv_buffer len 0 ensure NULL terminated string PRINT s rcv_buffer expecting only printable data PRINT An write to built in I2C device on the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card if act MODIFY_TAG if 12C_do_ transaction en_int I2C_MASTER_XMIT eprom_addr addr len xmit_buffer I2C_STOP retry I2C_NO_RESTART I2C_SUCCESS PRINT dev 12C error in master transmit test n return ERROR return SUCCESS E 3 2 4 12C Driver Library Internals DLI This information is provided to assist in further development of the I2C library to enable the application to operate as an I2C slave device interrupt enabled mode bus retention between consecutive transactions correct handling of device time out no slave device response no acknowledgment I2C bus arbitratio
213. n loss etc All of these functions are defined as static in the source file drivers i2c i2cl c DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 33 ADA MPC8240 Drivers E 3 2 4 1 Common Data Structures and Values These data structures and status values are defined see drivers i2c i2c h for the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 12C driver library functions These are the offsets in the embedded utilities memory block for the I2C registers define I2CADR 0x00003000 define I2CFDR 0x00003004 define I2CCR 0x00003008 define I2CSR 0x0000300C define I2CDR 0x00003010 typedef enum _i2cstatus I2CSUCCESS 0x3000 I2CADDRESS I2CERROR I2CBUFFFULL I2CBUFFEMPTY I2CXMITERROR I2CRCVERROR I2CBUSBUSY I2CALOSS I2CNOEVENT T2CStatus These structures reflect the bit assignments of the I2C registers typedef struct _i2c_ctrl unsigned int reserved0O 24 unsigned int men 1 unsigned int mien 1 unsigned int msta 1 unsigned int mtx 1 unsigned int txak 1 unsigned int rsta 1 unsigned int reservedl 2 I2C_CTRL typedef struct _i2c_stat unsigned int rsrv0 24 unsigned int mcf 1 unsigned int maas 1 unsigned int mbb 1 unsigned int mal 1 unsigned int rsrvl 1 unsigned int srw 1 unsigned int mif 1 unsigned int rxak 1 I2C_STAT Values to indicate receive or transmit mode typedef enum _i2c_mode RCV 0
214. n of how the functions are used by an application program via examples of DINK32 usage A DMA driver library internals DLI that provides information about the lower level software accessing the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 specific implementation of the DMA interface DMA DLI functions showing the following how the function is called that is function prototype parameter definition possible return values brief description of what the function does DMA Application Program Interface API API functions description The DMA API function prototypes defined return values and enumerated input parameter values are declared in drivers dma dma_export h The functions are defined in the source file drivers dma dmal c DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 2 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers e DMA Status DMA_Initialize int app_print_function char app_print_function is the address of the optional application s print function otherwise NULL if not available e Return DMA_Status return value is either DMA_SUCCESS or DMA_ERROR Description Configure the DMA driver prior to use as follows The optional print function if supplied by the application must be similar to the C standard library printf library function It accepts a format string and a variable number zero or more of additional arguments This optional function may be used by the library functions to report error and status condition
215. n of the specific fields and must be 78 bytes or fewer in length A typical S record file might look like this S010000077726974656D656D2E73726563AA s21907000074000000700000003D20DEAD6129BEEF3C60000060E0 s2190700156300003CC0004060C600007D20192E7CE0182E7C07EC s21907002A480040820014386304007C0330004180FFE848000059 S20907003F004800000068 S804070000F4 This information is an encoding of data to be loaded into memory by an S record loader The address at which the data is loaded is determined by the information in the S record The data is verified through the use of a checksum located at the end of each record Each record in a file should be followed by a linefeed The general format of an S record is as follows Type char 2 Count char 2 Address char 4 6 or 8 Data char 0 64 Checksum char 2 Note that the fields are composed of characters Depending on the field these characters may be interpreted as hexadecimal values or as ASCII characters Typically the values in the Type field are interpreted as characters while the values in all other fields are interpreted as hex digits Type Describes the type of S record entry There are SO S1 S2 S3 S5 S7 S8 and S9 types This information is used to determine the format of the remainder of the characters in the entry The specific format for each S record type is discussed in the next section Count When the two characters comprising this
216. n s device responding as an I2C slave to another I2C master device The optional print function if supplied by the application must be similar to the C standard library printf library function It accepts a format string and a variable number zero or more of additional arguments This optional function may be used by the I2C library functions to report error and status condition information If no print function is supplied by the application the call to I2C_Initialize must provide a NULL value for this parameter in which case the I2C library will not attempt to access a print function I2C_Status I2C_do_transaction I2C_INTERRUPT_MODE en_int I2C_TRANSACTION_MODE act unsigned char i2c_addr unsigned char data_addr int len char buffer I2C_STOP_MODE stop DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 13 MPC8240 Drivers int retry I2C_RESTART_MODE rsta e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status currently use I2C_INT_DISABLE only polling mode e act is the type of transaction I2C_MASTER_RCV or I2C_MASTER_XMIT e 12c_addr is the I2C address of the slave device e data_addr is the address of the data on the slave device e len is the length in bytes of the data e buffer is a pointer to the buffer that contains the data xmit mode or receives the data rcv mode e stop controls sending an I2C STOP signal after completion currently use I2C_STOP only e retry is the
217. nbound and outbound doorbell registers and message unit status and control registers The host accesses the agent s registers via the agent s PCSR and the agent accesses its own registers via its own EUMB It is worth noting that some registers such as the doorbell registers can be accessed via either the PCSR or the EUMB Other registers such as the message unit s status and interrupt mask registers can only be accessed via one or the other of the PCSR or EUMB but not both The LO library functions require the caller to provide the base address which will be either the PCSR or the EUMB and a parameter indicating which is used In the DINK32 environment functions are provided to obtain both of these base addresses get_kahlua_pcsrbar and get_eumbbar The methods of setting and obtaining the PCSR and EUMB base addresses are application specific but the register offsets and bit definitions of the registers are specified for the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 chip memory map B and will be the same for all applications Details about the register offsets within the EUMB and PCSR as well as bit definitions within registers are found in the MPC8245 Integrated Processor Reference Manual and the MPC8240 Integrated Processor User s Manual When the host and agent come up running the DINK32 application the host application assigns the agent s PCI address for the PCSR and writes it in the agent s PCSRBAR by calling config_kahlua_agent The agent app
218. nd Apollo7 MPC7455 57 supported including L2 L3 cache changes extended BAT tables and PLL encoding variations Only MPC8245 and MPC107 based systems set target_type for multi system DINK boots The MARS Arcadia platform is detected Support for the VIA 82C686B PIPC IO TSI320 PCI to PCI bridge detection initialization SMP detection and setting for CPU 1 improved MVPDINK Tracing over breakpoints now works with tr form Memory initialization DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 4 Freescale Semiconductor 14 15 16 17 History of DINK32 Changes Support for 15row 256MB SDRAM devices MBEN only set to actual number of detected banks MVLinux request Fixed bug preventing double bank SODIMM detection PC data built dynamically for non SPD I2C PMCs Added mi r to force memory controller re initialization Miscellaneous command changes fi revamped for more platform options Added f flush option to cache command Added r remap option to pmap forces PCI remapping to devices that are user enabled Added d dump option to PCI register display IOLIB enhancements Added sprintf fprintf and printf interfaces Added MEM IO device driver for memory based scripts Unified all PC 16x50 based UART drivers into one file uart c RTS CTS flow control is handled for Sandpoint New RapidIO functions custom builds New
219. nder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits or integrated circuits based on the information in this document Freescale Semiconductor reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein Freescale Semiconductor makes no warranty representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose nor does Freescale Semiconductor assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit and specifically disclaims any and all liability including without limitation consequential or incidental damages Typical parameters which may be provided in Freescale Semiconductor data sheets and or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time All operating parameters including Typicals must be validated for each customer application by customer s technical experts Freescale Semiconductor does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others Freescale Semiconductor products are not designed intended or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body or other applications intended to support or sustain life or for any other application in which the failure of the Freescale Semiconductor product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur Should Buyer purchase or use Freescale Semiconductor products for any such unintended
220. ne Flow trace off Trace burst 1 cycles Verbose 0 VDINK32 MPC7450 1 gt gt as 100 00000100 00000000 WORD 0x00000000 li r3 1234 00000104 00000000 WORD 0x00000000 VDINK32 MPC7450 2 gt gt tr 100 00000104 00000000 WORD 0x00000000 VDINK32 MPC7450 4 gt gt rd 13 R3 00001234 VDINK32 MPC7450 5 gt gt vs DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 94 Freescale Semiconductor Instructions 1 issued RSRV none IABR none DABR none Flow trace off Trace burst 1 cycles Verbose 0 VDINK32 MPC7450 9 gt gt vs b Stack Information Maximum stack depth Maximum R1 at blr Stack backtrace O levels 00000000 DINK32 Commands 3 84 Wait Command wait Abbreviation wa Syntax k nn Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The wait command halts execution of DINK until the specified number of seconds have elapsed or until a key is pressed if the k option is used This command is mostly used in script files Arguments nn Number of seconds to pause k Wait for a key instead Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt wait 10 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt 3 85 Watch Command watch Abbreviation wat Syntax rst e exc m addr Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The watch command monitors and displays activities repeatedly until a key is pressed One monitoring capability is the number of exceptio
221. nfigure Connect ISR Enable EPIC Lower Current Task Priority EPIC Enable External Interrupts in MSR DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt E 4 9 3 Running the PIC on Sandpoint X3 Initializing PIC requires that DINK32 be running on a Sandpoint X3 system with an MPC8240 MPC8245 or MPC107 PMC module From the DINK32 command line initialize the PIC unit by typing the PIC initialization dev epic init command DINK32 will respond with initialization messages and will be ready to handle external interrupts The global timers can now be manipulated to generate timed interrupts The message unit 1 0 can be used if in a host agent setup DMAO can be used in an interrupt riven manner to transfer blocks of data Of course while all these external interrupts are being handled DINK32 continues to run and will accept user input at the command line while simultaneously writing status to the terminal Host PIC initialization on Sandpoint X3 running DINK32 in a non Host A gent setup HOSE ss Agent in PCI Slot3 detected DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt DINK32 MPC8240 gt gt dev epic init Initialize EPIC to Default Mode DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 50 Freescale Semiconductor AAA AAA IAS MPC8240 Drivers Kahlua agent in Slot 3 gt IRO 4 PIC Disable External Interrupts PIC Reseting Mixed Mode Serial Mode w is PIC Configuring EPIC to Sandpoint X3 default mode isa PIC
222. ng a block of memory typically for EEPROM devices and probing the PC bus Arguments P addr Examples DINK32 MPC7448 46 OL 52 57 DINK32 MPC7448 Check all I C addresses and report address responding with non zero values with the first four bytes 17 gt gt i2c p 18 gt gt 3 39 Identify Dump memory from 0x00 OxFF for the given IC address Command identify Abbreviation id Syntax id i Builds DINK Boards Motherboards Processors All The id command manages the 256 byte identity serial EEPROM present on MPMC cards for Sandpoint MVP systems The identify EEPROM contains the following information e Board serial number e Board revision e Board assembly date e External cache string e Standalone bus speed e Standalone environment 6 characters 1 character ee 599 Set when i option used 30 characters 1 character 100 characters not managed by id DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 53 DINK32 Commands The id command alone displays the current information Note that upon startup the identity EEPROM is checked for a valid entry for an L2 and or L3 initialization string If found that value is used to initialize the corresponding cache favoring the identify EEPROM values over any found in the Sandpoint environment variables since MPMC cards can be moved from Sandpoint
223. not acknowledge or bus arbitration is lost or buffers overflow etc The following DLI functions were written but not used and not tested I2CStatus I2C_write unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 39 MPC8240 Drivers length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e O don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e Returns any defined status indicator Description Send a buffer of data to the requiring master If stop_flag is set after the whole buffer is sent generate a STOP signal provided that the requiring receiver does not signal the STOP in the middle Caller is the slave performing transmitting I2CStatus I2C_read unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit e length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop_flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e OQ don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e Returns any defined status indicator Description Receive a buffer of data from the sending master If stop_flag is set when the buffer is full
224. ns taken to accomplish this the exception handler maintains a table of exception event counts Each count is incremented on each exception DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 95 DINK32 Commands Arguments e nnn Monitors a specific exception The argument is the exception number index which is generally the exception address shifted right by 8 bits For example the interrupt exception address is 0x500 so the monitoring table index is 5S maddr Monitors a memory address Reports any changes to that address r Resets to zero the exception count table S Monitors the exception table That is it prints it out t Monitors Examples DINK32 MPC750 gt gt wat t DEC 01234887 TBU 00000035 TBL CE4297B3 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt wat e 5 INT 00000337 DINK32 MPC750 gt gt 3 86 While Command wh Abbreviation wh Syntax wh k test Y command command Builds All Boards All Processors All The wh command executes a DINK command as long as the specified expression is non zero Arguments k Check the keyboard for keypresses between each iteration of a command If not specified the loop cannot be interrupted Examples DINK32 MPC7448 17 gt gt ex i 0 while i lt 5 echo i md 0 100 ex i Sit5 0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 eee ee
225. nts Problem 1 Connection lost after about a minute Solution If you are using Windows based host this is due to the TCP keep alive signal sent by Windows host to check 1f DINK connection is still alive However DINK will not respond to this keep alive polling starting with an ARP request This is due to the fact that DINK TCP IP is designed to be purely based on polling such that when running a benchmark via a network there will be no unpredictable performance impact The workaround is to disable Windows keep alive polling by setting MAC address of the NIC card as a Static entry in Windows ARP cache This problem does not occur in BSD style systems such as Solaris Linux and MacOS Do the following three steps in the Windows command console to disable keep alive polling Obtain the MAC address of the RealTek NIC by doing Telnet to Sandpoint then exit normally by disconnecting from the Telnet client console There is no exit command from DINK shell Type arp a to verify the DINK IP and MAC address is marked as dynamic Type arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ to set the entry as static xxx is the IP address zz is the MAC address Problem 2 Remote machine cannot connect Solution This does not happen very often however if it does try again and the connection will be established G 2 Known Limitations in Telnet Console e Does not allow serial console download Does not allow initialize NIC when connec
226. oad an application elf binary It is important that the application be linked at 0x1000000 because there is no option in the simulator for an offset load 2 4 DINK Model There are two sets of registers maintained in DINK32 one for DINK and one for the user While the user is running DINK32 the DINK register set is active in the hardware The user register set is maintained in a table Register commands access this user table When the user does a go or trace command the DINK hardware registers are stored in the DINK table and the user registers are loaded from the table into the hardware Then control is transferred to the user program Whenever control is returned to DINK via an error a step or user code completion the registers are again swapped DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 2 4 Freescale Semiconductor Using DINK 2 5 Interacting with DINK When DINK has successfully initialized the target platform it then starts up the DINK shell which can be used to execute many built in tasks modify display memory assemble programs or to execute downloaded or flash resident commands While using the DINK shell terminal emulators that support VT102 sequences can be used to map the up down left and right arrows Up and down arrows recall previously executed commands from the history buffer a list of each command entered Right and left arrows as well as the backspace and DEL keys can be used to move the cursor and edit the line
227. ode are located within address offsets 0x0000 0x2100 The DINK32 code through 0x7FFFF is copied from the EPROM to RAM so that the data structures can be modified at run time For example the data structures for the chip registers need to be modified when the register modify command is executed The EPROM must be located at address OXFFF00000 because this is the beginning of the exception address space at system reset The RAM must be located at address 0x00000000 because this is the low memory exception address space where the DINK32 code will be copied Available user memory space begins at address 0x 100000 and ends at the RAM s upper boundary address space below 0x 100000 is reserved for DINK32 DINK32 sets the stack pointer GPR1 to one of the addresses shown for the indicated processor and to maintain isolation between user s and DINK s stack Table 1 1 DINK Address Map Address Description Notes OxFFFF_FFFF End of ROM space OxFFF7_FFFF End of DINK32 code OxFFFO_0100 Start of DINK vectors reset vector OxFFFO_0000 Start of DINK image OxFFEF_FFFF End of replicated flash images OxFF80_0000 Start of replicated flash images OxFF7F_0000 End of secondary flash images OxFF00_0000 OxFEFF_FFFF Start of secondary flash images End of PCI aperture 0x8000_0000 Start of PCI aperture Ox7FFF_FFFF End of user space 0x0010_0000 Start of us
228. ommand Builds All Boards All Processors All The do command executes a DINK command a specified number of times Arguments k Examples Check the keyboard for keypresses between each iteration of a command If not specified the loop cannot be interrupted DINK32 MPC7448 17 gt gt do k 5 echo hi hi hi hi hi hi 3 21 Download Command download Abbreviation dl Syntax dl kl hl q fx v b o offset Sandpoint MVP dl nw Sandpoint MVP Builds All Boards All Processors All The download command captures data from S record files taken from either the keyboard or host serial ports The received data is stored in the memory locations specified by the input file NOTE To cancel a download at the terminal type in S9 and ENTER return to terminate the S record downloads For binary downloads wait for the timeout Arguments nw Use network download via TFTP protocol k Read S record files from the keyboard Use a smart terminal program to send files to DINK DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 25 DINK32 Commands h Read S record files from the host port The host must be ready to send S record files upon reception of a newline Use tm to set up the host first q Select quiet mode no indication of download progress is supplied fx Enables XON XOFF software flow control for downloading at high
229. only take effect when user programs are executed via go or tr with the exception of the Northbridge PCI registers For GPRs and SPRs the value can also be specified on the command line by following the name with an equals sign and the value to be used If more than one register is slated for modification the same supplied value is stored in all the registers Arguments The following arguments are all valid for specifying register displays b h w Set the access size for Northbridge and vector registers Ignored for register accesses which are always 32 bits rx Show modify general purpose register x 0 to 31 rx Show modify general purpose register x through r31 rx ry Show modify general purpose register x through y rd f Show modify entire floating point family fx Show modify floating point register x 0 to 31 fx Show modify floating point register x through f31 fx fy Show modify floating point register x through y v Show modify entire AltiVec vector register family vX Show modify AltiVec vector register x 0 to 31 VX Show modify AltiVec vector register x through v31 VX Vy Show modify AltiVec vector register x through y DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 79 DINK32 Commands S Show modify entire special purpose register family SX Show modify special purpose register 0 1024 SPRname Show modify special purpose register by name such as msr sx field S
230. or unauthorized application Buyer shall indemnify and hold Freescale Semiconductor and its officers employees subsidiaries affiliates and distributors harmless against all claims costs damages and expenses and reasonable attorney fees arising out of directly or indirectly any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use even if such claim alleges that Freescale Semiconductor was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part Freescale and the Freescale logo are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor Inc The Power Architecture and Power org word marks and the Power and Power org logos and related marks are trademarks and service marks licensed by Power org All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners Freescale Semiconductor Inc 1997 2006 All rights reserved 2 freescale semiconductor e ES o CS Document Number DINKRM Rev 13 3 11 2006 Paragraph Number 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 21 22 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 301 2 2 3 2 2 33 2 4 2 5 25l 2 5 2 2 5 3 2 5 4 2 5 5 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 Contents Page Title Number Chapter 1 Introduction o A E 1 2 What s New for DINK Since V 13 0 jozicisssiaccidenccdeasdevsecasvececepaseaceasdigbinecasonsedaasdeeaeeadvesacess 1 3 DIN K32 Design MethodolO Vuitton 1 3 Memory Map for DINK32 Version 13 2 0 ceeeccecssncesesecece
231. or is still in big endian are already in local memory in big endian format and the processor has not switched yet If however the processor was running from code in PCI then there is an issue because the unmunge logic in the peripheral chip has just been turned on but the processor is not yet munging addresses There is an elegant way of handling this Place a sequence approximately 30 of ORI RO RO 0x60 opcodes in the code stream after switching the peripheral logic to little endian After these ori instructions begin little endian code modules that have DUPLICATE opcodes can run until the processor can be put into little endian mode that is until the RFI executes NOTE The ori r0 r0 0x60 opcode is used because it does not matter whether the bytes are read as big endian or little endian that is they are the same opcode a relatively innocuous no op 0x60000060 is still 0x60000060 in big or little endian mode After this assembly code which has duplicate instructions regular compiler generated little endian modules may be located DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor H 3 Converting Dink32 to Little Endian NOTE The duplicated instructions handle the fact that the address is temporarily unmunged so it is coming out as 0x04 0x00 Ox0C 0x08 etc Instead of duplicating instructions the user could alternate a no op with the real instruction or reverse the opcode
232. ource files that can be used to build an application that will initialize and test the L3 cache on those processors that have an L3 This is a simple test to see if the caches have been appropriately flushed disabled invalidated and enabled on the various Freescale Semiconductor processors installed on Sandpoint reference platforms B 11 1 Building The makefile can be invoked with two targets 13manage create the 13 test executable cachetestp src There are four versions of the makefile metaware on unix makefile It can be downloaded and executed with the DINK32 commands dl k go 100000 See the README file for more details B 11 2 Function Addresses All DINK function addresses are determined dynamically See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions for more information B 12 SPINIT The SPINIT pronounced S P Init directory contains source files that can be used to build an application that will initialize the Sandpoint board with auto sizing memory and kernel IO drivers Unlike the DINK code SPINIT is streamlined and omits most of the legacy support It also contains assembly language drivers for standard PC 16x50 UART such as the MPC8245 and or Sandpoint motherboard allowing early access to console I O for debugging B 12 1 Building The makefile target is spinit src The s record file code begins at 0x0 allowing it to be loaded in place of DINK SPINIT cannot be downloaded and executed at least 1
233. p_print_function char addr is the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 chip s I2C slave device address e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status I2C_INT_ENABLE enable I2C_INT_DISABLE disable e app_print_function is the address of the optional application s print function otherwise NULL if not available DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 30 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers e Return I2C_Status return value is either I2C_SUCCESS or I2C_ERROR Description Configure the I2C library prior to use as follows e The interrupt enable should be set to I2C_INT_DISABLE the I2C library at the time of Revision 13 2 only supports polling mode e The slave address can be set to the I2C listening address of the device running the application program but the DLI does not yet support the application s device responding as an I2C slave to another I2C master device e The optional print function if supplied by the application must be similar to the C standard library printf library function It accepts a format string and a variable number zero or more of additional arguments This optional function may be used by the 12C library functions to report error and status condition information If no print function is supplied by the application the call to 12C_Initialize must provide a NULL value for this parameter in which case the 12C library will not attempt to access a print function I2C_Status I2C_do_transac
234. pic2 s contains all Assembly language routines e epicUtil s contains Assembly routines to load and store to registers in the EUMB e makefile used by the DINK32 makefile to build this directory into a driver library e Readme txt a text version of this appendix E 4 4 PIC Cross Reference Table Structure The following table is defined in epic1 c in order to cross reference interrupt vector numbers with the corresponding interrupt vector priority register address and interrupt service routine address Register Address Offset Vector Description ISR Addr cross reference table struct SrcVecTable SrcVecTable MAXVEC EPIC_EX_INTO_VEC_REG External Direct Serial Source 0 0x0 EPIC_EX_INT1_VEC_REG External Direct Serial Source 1 0x0 EPIC_EX_INT2_VEC_REG External Direct Serial Source 2 0x0 EPIC_EX_INT3_VEC_REG External Direct Serial Source 3 0x0 EPIC_EX_INT4_VEC_REG External Direct Serial Source 4 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT5_VEC_REG External Serial Source 5 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT6_VEC_REG External Serial Source 6 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT7_VEC_REG External Serial Source 7 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT8_VEC_REG External Serial Source 8 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT9_VEC_REG External Serial Source 9 0x0 EPIC_SR_INT10_VE
235. plied the current cache status is listed Examples DINK32 MPC755 Caches Enabled DINK32 PECTS Caches Enabled DINK32 PC755 Caches Enabled DINK32 PC755 DINK32 PC755 1 gt gt ca Ll ICache L1 DCache L2 Cache 512K 2 gt gt ca off L2 Ll ICache L1 DCache 3 gt gt ca off Ll none ES gt gt Ga i 14 gt gt DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 14 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 3 11 CONFIGTEMP Command Abbreviation configtemp ct Syntax ct ade o therm t therm s hyst x xlim I loclim c rate r alert g config Builds DINK Boards HPC II Taiga Processors MPC7447A MPC7448 This command allows the user to fully configure the ADT7461 temperature monitor from the command line It can also disable enable the device which in turn disables enables the entire thermal monitoring system Typing ct with no arguments will display the current register settings of the ADT7461 which are also displayed after every ct command NOTE The flags a d and e can only be used separately from all other flags options and must be the first flags in the command line For example Arguments o therm t therm s hyst x xlim 1 loclim c rate r alert g config ct a CORRECT ct d CORRECT ct e CORRECT ct a d or any other flag WRONG Auto configure Thermal Senso
236. r LOCAL or PCSRBAR for REMOTE e channel is DMA _CHN_0 or DMA_CHN_1 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 9 MPC8240 Drivers e mode is a pointer to the structure DMA_MR to receive the mode register contents e Return value is DMASUCCESS or DMAINVALID DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 10 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers Description Read the DMA mode register DMAStatus DMA_Poke_Desp LOCATION host unsigned eumbbar unsigned int channel DMA_CDAR desp host is LOCAL or REMOTE only LOCAL is currently tested e eumbbar is EUMBBAR for LOCAL or PCSRBAR for REMOTE e channel is DAA_CHN_0orDMA_CHN_1 e desp is a pointer to the structure DMA_CDAR to receive the CDAR contents e Return value is DMASUCCESS or DMAINVALID Description Read the current descriptor address register CDAR specified by host and channel DMAStatus DMA_Bld_Desp LOCATION host unsigned eumbbar unsigned int channel DMA_CDAR mode host is LOCAL or REMOTE only LOCAL is currently tested e eumbbar is EUMBBAR for LOCAL or PCSRBAR for REMOTE e channel is DMA _CHN_0 or DMA_CHN_1 e desp is a pointer to the structure DMA_CDAR holding the CDAR control bits e Return value is DMASUCCESS DMACHNBUSY or DMAINVALID Description Set the current descriptor address register CDAR specified by host and channel to the given values DMAStatus DMA_B1d_Curr LOCATION hos
237. r SA2 UNPROTECTED Sector SA3 UNPROTECTED Sector SA4 UNPROTECTED Sector SA5 UNPROTECTED Sector SA6 UNPROTECTED Sector SA7 UNPROTECTED Sector SA8 UNPROTECTED Sector SA9 UNPROTECTED Sector SA10 UNPROTECTED Sector SA11 UNPROTECTED Sector SA12 UNPROTECTED Sector SA13 UNPROTECTED Sector SA14 UNPROTECTED Sector SA15 UNPROTECTED Sector SA16 UNPROTECTED Sector SA17 UNPROTECTED Sector SA18 UNPROTECTED 3 30 FOR Command for Abbreviation for Syntax if k test Y command command Builds All Boards All Processors All The for command executes a DINK command as long as the specified expression is non zero Arguments k Examples DINK32 MPC7448 00000000 00001000 00002000 00003000 Check the keyboard for keypresses between each iteration of a command If not specified the loop cannot be interrupted 17 gt gt for 1 0 1 lt 0x10000 i Sit 0x1000 md i 00000000 00000000 00000000 O0000000 co oocccocococmooo 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 coococccocococmooo 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 co occococococmooo 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 co occcocococooooo DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 42 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands 00004000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00005000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 3 31 FUPDATE Command fupdate Abbreviation fu Syntax fu Il h qsxkeno src_addr dest_addr len
238. r an ISR with the PIC unit cross reference table E 4 5 2 2 High Level Exception Handler epicISR this routine is a catch all for all PIC related interrupts e perform IACK interrupt acknowledge to get the vector number e check if the vector number is a spurious vector e cross reference vector ISR interrupt service routine from table e call the vector ISR e perform EOI end of interrupt for the interrupt vector E 4 5 2 3 Direct Serial Register Control Routines epicIntEnable enable an interrupt source epicIntDisable disable and interrupt source epicIntSourceConfig configure and interrupt source DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 45 MPC8240 Drivers E 4 5 2 4 Global Timer Register Control Routines epicTmBaseSet set the base count value for a timer epicTmBaseGet get the base count value for a timer epicTmCountGet get the current counter value for a timer epicTmInhibit inhibit counting for a timer epicTmEnable enable counting for a timer E 4 6 PIC Commands in DINK32 The following commands are typed from the DINK32 command line to control the PIC unit e help dev epic Display usage of PIC commands e dev epic Display content and addresses of PIC registers and current task priority e dev epic ex dev epic command example uses e dev epic init Initialize the PIC unit to default mode Sandpoint X2 default is direct mode Sandpoint X3 default is serial mode Agent in a
239. r is the base address of the agent s PCSR e val receives the agent s outbound message interrupt status register e Returns ZOSUCCESS Description The agent s outbound message interrupt status register OMISR content is masked by the agent s outbound message interrupt mask register OMIMR and placed in the address given in the val parameter The OMISR is cleared E 3 2 I2C Driver Library This section provides information about the generic application program interface API to the I2C driver library as well as information about the implementation of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC824 1 specific RC driver library internals DLI E 3 2 1 Background The intended audience for this document is assumed to be familiar with the I2C bus protocol This is a companion document to the MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 specification and other documentation which collectively give details of the I2C protocol and the MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 implementation This document provides information about the software written to access the I2C DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 29 MPC8240 Drivers interface This software is intended to assist in the development of higher level applications software that uses the 12C interface NOTE At the time of Revision 13 2 the I2C driver software is currently under development The only modes that are functional are the master transmit and master receive in polling mode E 3 2 2 Overview
240. r the MPC7400 MPC7400 RISC Microprocessor User s Manual p 2 8 are one fourth the bus rate hence benchmark tics 4 1 50000000 at 100 Mhz for the MPC7400 Each processor has its own specification which is shown in the appropriate reference manual RM or user s manual UM Thus for the MPC7400 the time base increments once for every four bus cycles The formula is benchmark tics 4 40 nanoseconds for a 100 Mhz clock Thus for this test the results of the last configuration with the Icache ON Dcache ON we got 0x1b26e18c time base tics which is 455 532 940 decimal time tics Applying our formula 455 532 940 4 0 00000004 is 72 88 seconds This is reasonable for this test because it gives a series of displays each separated by a wait loop This command requires that the user code to be benchmarked be terminated with an illegal opcode More discussion on Bus Speed for the Sandpoint There are three clock speeds that determine the system performance e PCI Bus Speed e System Memory CPU Bus Speed e Processor Core Speed We usually refer to these as say 400 100 33 indicating a 400 MHz CPU with a 100 MHz system bus and 33 MHz PCI The PCI bus should be running at 33 MHz no other bus speed is supported on SP X2 If the board is misconfigured it might be in 66 MHz make sure the PCI66MHZ LED is OFF It is unlikely the system would run at all if that were so The CPU bus and core speeds can be set to various
241. r to power on default settings Disable the ATMS and put Thermal Sensor in standby mode Enable the ATMS and take Thermal Sensor out of standby mode Set the Local THERM Limit Set the External THERM Limit Set the THERM Hysteresis Limit Set the External Temperature High Limit Set the Local Temperature High Limit Set the Conversion Rate of the Thermal Sensor Set the Consecutive ALERT count of the Thermal Sensor Modify Configuration Register bits in the Thermal Sensor The ct command with no parameters will display the current register settings of the ADT7461 therm hyst THERM limit value given in hex from 0x00 OxFF Default 0x55 85degC THERM Hysteresis value given in hex from 0x00 OxFF Default 0x0A 10degC DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 15 DINK32 Commands xlim External Temperature High Limit value given in hex from 0x00 OxFF Default 0x55 85degC loclim Local Temperature High Limit value given in hex from 0x00 OxFF Default 0x55 85degC rate Conversion rate value given in hex Default 0x08 16c s c s stands for conversions per second 0x00 gt 0 0625 c s0x06 gt 4 0 c s 0x01 gt 0 125 c sOx07 gt 8 0 c s 0x02 gt 0 25 c sOx08 gt 16 0 c s 0x03 gt 0 5 c sOx09 gt 32 0 c s 0x04 gt 1 0 c sOx0A gt 64 0 c s 0x05 gt 2 0 c s alert Determines how many out of limit measurements must occur before an ALERT is generated 0x00 gt 10x
242. r5 r6 0x00160004 0x60000000 BRANCH LABEL br2 0x00160004 0x60000000 x VERIFYING BRANCH LABELS DINK32 MPC603e gt gt ds 160000 0x00160000 0x7c832a78 BRANCH LABEL brl 0x00160000 0x7c832a78 xor r03 r04 r05 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt as 160100 SO DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 86 Freescale Semiconductor 0x00160100 0x60000000 0x00160100 0x60000000 BRANCH LAB 0x00160100 0x60000000 x VERIFYING BRANCH LABELS DINK32 MPC603e gt gt st Current list of DINK branch labels KEYBOARD get_char write_char TBaselInit TBaseReadLower TBaseReadUpper CacheInhibit InvEnLlDcache DisLlDcache InvEnLlIcache DisLlIcache BurstMode RamInCBk RamInWThru dink_loop dink_printf Current list of USI bras br2 br3 0x0 Oxle5e4 Ox5fac 0x39c4 0x39e8 0x3a04 0x3a20 0x3a40 0x3a88 Ox3aac 0x3b00 Ox3bfc 0x3c3c Ox3c7c 0x5660 0x6368 ER branch labels 0x160000 0x160004 0x160100 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt st d br2 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt st Current list of DINK branch labels KEYBOARD get_char write_char TBaseInit TBaseReadLower TBaseReadUpper CacheInhibit InvEnLlDcache DisLlDcache InvEnLlIcache DisLlIcache BurstMode RamInCBk RamInWThru dink_loop dink_printf Current list of USI brl br3 0x0 Oxle5e4 Ox5fac 0x39c4 0x39e8 0x3a04 0x3a20 0x3a40 0x3a88 Ox3aac 0x3b00 Ox3bf
243. raph Page Number Title Number B 12 1 Building denia B 7 B 12 2 MUS Dia B 7 B 13 ANEETA E E O B 8 B 13 1 A O capesse sg nae TE A B 8 B 13 2 MSA yc eave EI OS B 8 B 14 galileo MV P OLY iia supsad E E R E B 8 B 14 1 A A AOS B 9 B 14 2 USA E E a B 9 B 15 galileo read WHO EOS B 9 B 15 1 A A ES B 9 B 15 2 Us A h Saale uace Soak eee aah cae B 9 B 16 paraa aia B 9 B 16 1 Build iia iii B 9 B 16 2 O B 10 B 17 Sd RC TINTS DITA Y soi ses ica ulacsiva ss acu sa cou E a A N O R B 10 B 17 1 BUIN ta AAA A AS B 10 B 17 2 Usile nassaan Sieacd St E E Aiatecod Cotas weenie Sls e Coch ies B 10 Appendix C Building and Extending DINK C 1 Obtains DUNK 32 SUr Essa i e iia C 1 C2 B ilding DIN e li Aeneas C 1 C 3 DINK Software Build Pros ia C 1 C 4 Installation ind diia C 3 C 4 1 SA do da dee ss e e e ad C 3 C 4 1 1 Excimer and MaxiMer crios inci a p aSa C 3 ES Bend DIN od sa C 4 C 5 1 WARS COMMON a C 4 C32 ik OMAN GS is A gets EE a C 6 Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions D 1 General Information essee a caleaGhane A Sah Ua dda lem caleaach ane vegute SeauhSeye D 1 D2 Methodology and Implementation 0 0 0 ec eescecesncecssececssececeeceeceeececsceecsceecseeeeeseeeeesaes D 1 D 3 Setting Up Static Locations ss scciscicjicissncdendanisanatea idan nannsanwiannieen D 3 D4 Using the Dynamic FONOS A adria ade D 4 D 5 Error Conditions aiii D 5 D 6 Alternative Method for Metaware Only ii in ia di D 6 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 viii Freescale Semicondu
244. referred to in this appendix performs the appropriate byte swapping E 4 2 1 Embedded Utilities Memory Block EUMB The EUMB is a block of local and PCI memory space allocated to the control and status registers of the embedded utilities The embedded utilities are the messaging unit 1 0 DMA controller PIC C and ATU The MPC8245 adds the DUART to the EUMB The local memory map location of the EUMB is controlled by the embedded utilities memory block base address register EUMBBAR The PCI bus memory map location of the EUMB is controlled by the peripheral control and status registers base address register PCSRBAR Since PIC is only accessible from local memory only the EUMBBAR is of concern for this appendix Please refer to the following sections in the MPC8245 Integrated Processor User s Manual e Embedded Utilities Memory Block in the Address Maps chapter e Embedded Utilities Memory Block Base Address Register 0x78 in the Configuration Registers chapter e Configuration Register Access in the Configuration Registers chapter E 4 2 2 PIC Register Summary The PIC register map occupies a 256 Kilobyte range of the EUMB All PIC registers are 32 bits wide and reside on 128 bit address boundaries The PIC registers are divided into four distinct areas whose address offsets are based on the EUMB location in local memory controlled by the value in the EUMBBAR configuration register The PIC addr
245. ronment see Freescale Semiconductor Application Note AN2207 Using the MPMCS8245 Card in Standalone Mode However in this reference manual all versions of DINK will be referred to as DINK unless a particular variant is specifically referred to Starting with release R12 3 source files are not supplied for all functions of DINK32 but are present for the DINK drivers demos and utilities All chapters dealing with the full source assume that the user has requested a license for these from a Freescale Semiconductor Sales representative or from the Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 website There is no requirement to obtain any of these sources in order to use the DINK32 S records supplied on the DINK32 web site above DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 1 1 Introduction 1 1 The DINK32 software package provides Features Support of the MPC601 MPC603 MPC603e MPC604 MPC604e MPC740 MPC750 MPC7400 MPC7410 MPC7440 MPC7445 MPC7447 MPC7447A MPC7448 MPC7450 MPC7455 MPC7457 MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8540 MPC8560 MPC8555 MPC8641D MPC854x and MPC855x processors Note that support for the older processors such as MPC8240 is only possible with DINK32 version 13 2 or earlier Support of the e500 core Instruction Set Simulator ISS See Freescale Semiconductor Application Note AN2336 Creating edink from DINK32 Code Using the e500 ISS Modification and display of general purpose floating point AltiVec
246. roved register displays A 6 Version 12 2 February 16 2001 1 Support MPC8245 MPC7410 and MPC7450 2 Expand more in help c to accept x for termination 3 Expand help menu for env 4 Two new utilities dasm and srec2bin 5 Fixed bugs 11 ds 0 as Ox now disassemble as 13 tr no longer trashes srr and srrl 22 ds bc 4 14 14 and bne cr3 14 correctly 6 One new demo generate_s A 7 Version 12 1 August 30 1999 1 Improved the flash capability for Yellowknife and Sandpoint in the fu command 2 Reorganized all the demo directories into one high level directory called demos and added makefile_gcc 3 User SPRs are now initialized during boot up No need to perform a go command to initialize register table Added a return path through the exception handler for user code to safely return to DINK The routine is called user_return and is sort of a dummy exception vector that allows the exception handler to take care of all context switching between DINK and USER code 4 Added dev epic ISRCnt to dev epic command list This command allows the user to connect a downloaded Interrupt Service Routine to an epic interrupt vector 5 PMC ROM support 6 Added memSpeed memory bus speed and processor_type type of processor MPC603 etc to the dink_transfer_table DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 A 8 Freescale Semiconductor 10 11 12 13 14 A 9 A Pp History of DINK32 Changes Version 12 0 November
247. ry function LODBEnable which clears the inbound doorbell interrupt mask IDIM bit in the inbound doorbell interrupt mask register IMIMR The IMIMR is at offset 0x104 in the agent s embedded utilities memory block EUMB whose address is in the agent s EUMBBAR Similarly since the host is servicing the DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 25 MPC8240 Drivers agent s outbound doorbell the host enables it by calling the I O library function LODBDisable which clears the outbound doorbell interrupt mask ODIM bit in the agent s outbound message interrupt mask register OMIMR The OMIMR is at offset 0x34 in the agent s PCSR block whose address is in the agent s PCSRBAR at offset 0x14 in the agent s configuration registers The address of the agent s configuration registers are known by the host and are accessible from the PCI bus At present the user interface in DINK32 allows the user to set or clear the ODIM or IDIM bit The functions I ODBEnable and I ODBDisable are defined in drivers L 0 L 01 c to perform this task See the code in test_I O for a usage example It is interesting to note that the observed behavior of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 chip with regard to message unit registers is not dependant on the ODIM and IDIM bit settings Even if the ODIM or IDIM mask bits are set writes to the affected doorbell are not blocked and the appropriate bit is set in the message unit s status reg
248. s otherwise noted for the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 DMA driver library functions DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 5 MPC8240 Drivers These are the register offsets in a table of th mbedded utilities memory block addresses for the DMA registers define NUM_DMA_REG 7 define DMA_MR_REG 0 define DMA_SR_REG 1 define DMA_CDAR_REG 2 define DMA_SAR_REG 3 define DMA_DAR_REG 4 define DMA_BCR_REG 5 define DMA_NDAR_REG 6 The table that contains the addresses of the local and remote registers for both DMA channels defined in drivers dma dmal c unsigned int dma_reg_tb 14 local DMA registers DMA_O_MR 0x00001100 DMA_O_SR 0x00001104 DMA_O_CDAR 0x00001108 DMA_O_SAR 0x00001110 DMA_O_DAR 0x00001118 DMA_O_BCR 0x00001120 DMA_O_NDAR 0x00001124 DMA_1 MR 0x00001200 DMA_1_ SR 0x00001204 DMA_1 CDAR 0x00001208 DMA_1_SAR 0x00001210 DMA_1_ DAR 0x00001218 DMA_1_ BCR 0x00001220 DMA_1_NDAR 0x00001224 remote DMA registers DMA_O_MR 0x00000100 DMA_O_SR 0x00000104 DMA_0_CDAR 0x00000108 DMA_O_SAR 0x00000110 DMA_O_DAR 0x00000118 DMA_O BCR 0x00000120 DMA_O_NDAR 0x00000124 DMA_1 MR 0x00000200 DMA_1_ SR 0x00000204 DMA_1_CDAR 0x00000208 DMA_1 SAR 0x00000210 DMA
249. s described in this appendix Users with access to the entire DINK32 source base can modify or add DINK32 functions DINK32 global variables can also be ascertained from this table R12 1 includes the two global variables memSpeed and process_type D 2 Methodology and Implementation This method is implemented with a static structure that is filled with the current functions address during link time The table is allocated in the file par_tb c Only users with access to this file can change the contents of the table thereby determining which DINK32 functions are available par_tb c is only available via the Freescale Semiconductor sales office it is not included on the web site However all users can use the technique for linking their code with the these DINK32 functions The structure is defined in dink h as dink_exports Ihe HA gt Transfer vector table of pointers to useful functions within DINK callable through R21 LIS a gt gt Saa typedef struct st_dink_exports R 21 int version 0 ULONG keyboard 4 int printf const char 8 int dink_loop LA U2 unsigned int is_char_in_duart 16 unsigned int menu Jif 20 unsigned int par_about 24 unsigned int disassemble long long 28 UCHAR get_char ULONG 32 void write_char UCHAR 36 ULONG speed_mem 40 char process_type 44 void smp_release_cpu
250. set to a register display command to examine the results of registers after each TR command For example DINK32 MPC7450 env ONTR rd r3 r10 DINK32 MPC7450 tr RO3 00000000 R0O4 00000000 RO5 00000000 R06 00000000 RO7 00000000 RO8 00000000 RO9 00000000 R10 00000000 will display the contents of registers R3 R10 after each command 3 24 8 ENV PROMPT Encoding The PROMPT environment command can be used to dynamically set the prompt shown after every command The PROMPT environment variable is loaded and printed according to the terms found in the string using the following rules Table 3 6 String Expansions String Expansion d DINK name either DINK32 or MDINK32 p Informal processor name for example MPC7400 is MAX P Formal processor name for example MPC7400 T Current time for example 12 34 56PM H Host Agent selection CPU Number 0 n DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 35 DINK32 Commands Table 3 6 String Expansions continued String Expansion t TAU temperature for example 26 if 26 deg C or 26u if not yet calibrated History index _ Carriage return and Linefeed All other characters are copied as is Examples DINK32 MPC750 env PROMPT Sd Sp S ST DINK32 Arthur 0 09 33 18 PM env d PROMPT 3 24 9 ENV TOFFSET Encoding The TOFFSET environment variable is used to apply a DC o
251. signed char xmit_buffer BUFFER_LENGTH 0 PARAR AIR RR RARA kkk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k A IA A IA A A A I I He function test_i2c description run i2c test by polling the device note Test i2c device on PMC card 0x50 serial EPROM The device test data is currently only printable characters This function gets some data from the command line validates it and calls the I2C library function to perform the task FER KA A RARA RA RRA A A A AA A A A A A RR AA RARA RARA RAS static STATUS test_i2c int act int en_int int retry 800 len 0 rsta 0 addr 0 unsigned char eprom_addr 0x50 read transaction address addr read of bytes to transfer len AC A A A F F HF validate the data address length etc Tf transmitting get the raw data into the transmit buffer xmit_buffer read built in I2C device on MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card if act DISPLAY TAG if 12C_do transaction en_int I2C_MASTER_RCV eprom_addr addr len rcv_buffer I2C_STOP retry I2C_NO_RESTART I2C_SUCCESS PRINT dev I2C error in master receive test n DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 15 MPC8240 Drivers return ERROR else rcv_buffer len 0 ensure NULL terminated string PRINT s rcv_buffer expecting only printable data PRINT An write to built in I2C
252. sors All The memmove command copies data from a block of memory bounded inclusively by the first two addresses to a block of memory starting at the third address The result of this command will be two DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 60 Freescale Semiconductor DINK32 Commands identical blocks of memory If the third address falls between the first two addresses an error message is returned and memory will not be modified Arguments 8 If specified the move command will move the upper 8 bits of a 64 bit data source to each 8 bits of the destination The source address is incremented by 64 and the target is incremented by 8 This option allows loading code or data from the 8 bit flash in the 64 bit flash space of an MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 addr1 First source address to read addr2 Last source address to read addr3 First target address to write Examples DINK32 DINK32 0x 0x 0x 0x 0x 0x O 070 O CRO DINK32 DINK32 0x 0x 0x 0x 0x 0x O OO o E Ove 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 01601 MPC755 gt gt memfill 160100 160110 ffffffff MPC755 gt gt memdisp 160100 160150 00 10 20 30 40 50 MPC755 gt gt memove 1601 MPC755 gt gt memdisp 160 00 10 20 30 40 50 fELELELL EETECEFCITEPEFELL EELELILT ffffffff 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 000000 0000000
253. status indicator Description Master receives one byte of data from slave transmitter The DLI global variables ByteToRcv RcvByte and RevBufFulStop are used to control the accepting of the data byte or sending of a STOP if the buffer is full This function may only be called when the following conditions are met IZCSR MIF 1 I2CSR MCF 1 RCCR MSTA 1 I2CCR MTX 0 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Xmit unsigned int eumbbar NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns I2CSUCCESS if data byte sent I2CBUFFEMPTY if no data in sending buffer DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 20 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers Description Slave sends one byte of data to requesting master The DLI global variables ByteToXmit XmitByte and XmitBuf are used to determine which byte 1f any to send This function may only be called when the following conditions are met RCSR MIF 1 RLCSR MCF 1 I2CSR RXAK 0 I2CCR MSTA 0 I2CCR MTX 1 I2CStatus I2C_Slave_Rcv unsigned int eumbbar NOTE Untested e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e Returns RLCSUCCESS if data byte received I2CBUFFFULL if buffer is full or no more data expected Description Slave receives one byte of data from master transmitter The DLI global variables Byte ToRcv RevByte and RcvBufFulStop are used to control the accepting of the data byte or to set the acknowledge bit I2CCR TXAK if t
254. t unsigned eumbbar unsigned int channel DMA_CURR desp e host is LOCAL or REMOTE only LOCAL is currently tested e eumbbar is EUMBBAR for LOCAL or PCSRBAR for REMOTE e channel is DMA _CHN_0 or DMA_CHN_1 e desp is a pointer to the structure DMA_CURR holding the source destination and byte count e Return value is DMASUCCESS DMACHNBUSY or DMAINVALID Description Set the source address register SAR destination address register DAR and byte count register BCR specified by host and channel to the given values DMAStatus DMA _Start LOCATION host unsigned eumbbar unsigned int channel e host is LOCAL or REMOTE only LOCAL is currently tested DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 11 MPC8240 Drivers e eumbbar is EUMBBAR for LOCAL or PCSRBAR for REMOTE e channel is DMA _CHN_0 or DMA _CHN_1 e Return value is DMASUCCESS DMACHNBUSY or DMAINVALID Description Start the DMA transfer on the specified host and channel Ensure the channel is free then clear and set the CS bit in the mode register That 0 to 1 transition triggers the DMA transfer E 2 MPC8240 rc Driver Library This section provides information about the generic application program interface API to the I2C driver library as well as information about the implementation of the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC824 1 specific RC driver library internals DLI E 2 1 Background The intended audience for this document is assumed to b
255. t gt fi y lt etc gt 3 29 Flash Command flash Abbreviation fl Syntax env dsi e sp su se n no Builds DINK MDINK partial Boards Excimer Maximer Processors All The flash command will perform a variety of flash memory operations on the Excimer and Maximer only NOTE flash works only for Excimer Maximer for Yellowknife Sandpoint and MVP see the fu command NOTE All sector operations require the connection of a 12V power supply See AMD Bulletin NVD Flash Sector Protection available on the www amd com web site Arguments dsi e sp su S Display sector information Erase all of flash Protect sector specified with n not supported in MDINK Unprotect specified with n not supported in MDINK Erase the specified with n not supported in MDINK DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 41 DINK32 Commands n value A sector number from 0 18 Required for some arguments Examples DINK32 MPC603e gt gt fl se n 6 Erasing sector 6 DINK32 MPC603e gt gt fl dsi Display Sector Information 0 7 Excimer Rev 2 and prior Description value Manufacturer ID is 0x1 Device ID is 0x225b Sector SAO UNPROTECTED Sector SA1 UNPROTECTED Secto
256. t eumbbar unsigned unsigned unsigned unsigned unsigned char sender_addr char buffer_ptr int length int stop_flag int Vs ent Jy e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e sender_addr is the sender s I2C device address buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 do not signal STOP when buffer is empty e is cnt 1 this is a restart Do not check MBB e O this is a not restart Check MBB e Returns any defined status indicator Description Set up to receive a buffer of data from the desired sender_addr If stop_flag is set when the buffer is full and the sender does not signal STOP generate a STOP signal Caller is the master performing receiving If no STOP signal is generated the master can generate a START signal to another slave address DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 36 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers NOTE The function does not actually perform the data buffer receive It just sets up the DLI global variables to control the transaction and calls I2C_Start to send the slave address out on the I2C bus in receive mode The application must check the return status to find out if the bus was obtained then enter a loop of calling I2C_Timer_Event to poll the I2C handler to actually perform the transaction one byte at a time while checking the re
257. t eumbbar unsigned char buffer_ptr unsigned int length unsigned int stop_flag e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e buffer_ptr is pointer to the data buffer to transmit e length is the number of bytes in the buffer e stop_flag 1 signal STOP when buffer is empty e 0 don t signal STOP when buffer is empty e Returns any defined status indicator DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 E 22 Freescale Semiconductor MPC8240 Drivers Description Receive a buffer of data from the sending master If stop_flag is set when the buffer is full and the sender does not signal STOP generate a STOP signal Caller is the slave performing receiving E 2 6 12C Support Functions unsigned int get_eumbbar e Returns base address of the embedded utilities memory block Description In the MPC8245 Integrated Processor Reference Manual see the section Embedded Utilities Memory Block in the Address Maps chapter and the section Configuration Register Summary in the Configuration Registers chapter for information about the embedded utilities memory block base address register This function is defined in kahlua s unsigned int load_runtime_reg unsigned int eumbbar amp nbsp unsigned int reg e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e reg specifies the register I2CDR IZ2CFDR IZCADR I2CSR I2CCR e Returns register content Description The conten
258. t of the specified register is returned This function is defined in drivers 12c 12c2 s unsigned int store_runtime_reg unsigned int eumbbar amp nbsp unsigned int reg amp nbsp unsigned int val e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e offset specifies the register I2CDR IZCFDR IZCADR I2CSR I2CCR e val is the value to be written to the register e Return no return value used it should be declared void Description The value is written to the specified register This function is defined in drivers 12c 12c2 s E 3 MPC8240 1 0 Doorbell Driver E 3 1 1 0 Description of Doorbell Communication Between Agent and Host The sequence of events that transpire during communication via the I O doorbell registers between host and agent applications running on MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 is described in this section This implementation enables basic doorbell communication It can be expanded to include other DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 23 MPC8240 Drivers MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 message unit activity via the message registers and the 1 0 message queue E 3 1 1 System Startup and Memory Map Initialization An understanding of the agent s embedded utilities memory block base address register EUMBBAR and peripheral control and status registers base address register PCSRBAR is important for IO doorbell communication because both host and agent use the agent s i
259. t will not do anything useful A more typical use of SPINIT is to add custom modifications and then to replace DINK whether with a PromJET flash emulator a COP debugger download function or even just a re programmed flash A user can use this code as a starting place for their own Sandpoint monitor code B 12 2 Status The SPINIT directory is complete except for interrupt handling Also DUART C language environment is not fully working most likely bss copy is not right DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor B 7 Example Code B 13 duart_8245 This test is composed of two directories duart_8245_ driver and duart_8245_isr These directories contain source files that can be used to build an application that will use the DUART in the MPC8245 It will read characters from the input stream and echo them to the output stream via the serial port using the 8245 DUART and PIC interrupt controller Read the src readme txt file for information on running this test B 13 1 Building This code uses two different load addresses both different from the normal load address The driver uses 0x001a0000 and the isr uses 0x001c0000 load addresses The makefile forces these load addresses upon the elf and src files Read the readme txt files The code is contained in two directories e driver contains the code to build the function that echoes the keyboard e isr interrupt service routine that is connected to the PIC 1 Bui
260. te ean ne Aes rnc aides 3 76 3 65 REG MOD suit cd 3 79 3 66 BRS Su fe ass dy ees Sauls dst lca aso EE ae nag EE ume Sa 3 81 3 67 SETBAUD enari secede A a ea eee a aiate aa a N ANS 3 82 3 68 SOU dina 3 83 3 69 A atten heocielt cudeats 3 83 3 70 SEY A T 3 84 3 71 SWIN Ol ed Beran metry anor re meer Ee ert er Roe ream Nene ree ere mor Pan apne cmna err goa are mee 3 85 3 72 A A O E E A 3 85 3 73 SIMA Nal 3 86 3 74 i We 6 ree Pe ES 3 88 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor v Paragraph Number 3 75 3 76 3 77 3 78 3 79 3 80 3 81 3 82 3 83 3 84 3 85 3 86 3 87 A l A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 11 A 12 A 13 A 14 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A 21 Contents Page Title Number Trias tan cb 3 89 MM tada its 3 89 AWS DATS TIE peices ts AE E E A 3 90 Td a 3 91 OAC KEEPA A E E east ac aa ce E E cao taal ceva ga A ETE acu nat eetuose deca 3 91 Virtual Host Files ia ii iba 3 92 Virtual Memory es nn el id TRN 3 93 DY COI is ad gh E E E cattle tata sian Suse cnet caeni ta uub ait alabecdutb cued one 3 93 Virtual Simulators A ods A A A Cabs Vo A de auv os Sava Hees 3 94 A O O EANO 3 95 Water AI A hee 3 95 A A a aie aigat 3 96 Shell ESCAPE iii dis 3 97 Appendix A History of DINK32 Changes Version 13 3 November 06 2006 occcccconnoononanonocccnconnnananononononnnnononnnonconononnnnononcnconos A 1 Vetsion 13 2 J0ly 014 1 AAA s eiss A anes Eaa EES A 2 Version 13 1 April 30 2008
261. timeout retry value currently ignored rsta controls I2C restart currently use I2C_NO_RESTART only e Return I2C_Status return value is either I2C_SUCCESS or I2C_ERROR Description Act as the I2C master to transmit or receive a buffer of data to or from an I2C slave device At the time of Revision 13 2 this function only implements a simple master transmit or a master receive transaction It does not yet support the application retaining I2C bus ownership between transactions operating in interrupt mode or acting as an 12C slave device E 2 3 2 API Example Usage The ROM monitor program DINK32 uses the I2C API in both currently implemented modes master transmit and master receive The DINK32 program runs interactively to allow the user to transmit or receive a buffer of data from an I2C device at address 0x50 on the MPC8240 MPC8245 MPC8241 PMC card DINK32 obtains information from the user as follows read write mode I2C device address for the data this is the address of the data on the I2C device not the I2C bus address of the device itself which is hard coded in DINK32 the raw data if in write mode and the length of the data to transfer to or from the device Note that the initialization call to configure the I2C interface is actually made only once the first time the user requests an I2C transmit or receive operation Each transmit or receive operation is performed by a single call to an I2C API function The DINK32 program is
262. tion I2C_INTERRUPT_MODE en_int I2C_TRANSACTION_MODE act unsigned char i2c_addr unsigned char data_addr int len char buffer I2C_STOP_MODE stop int retry I2C_RESTART_MODE rsta Where e en_int controls the I2C interrupt enable status currently use I2C_INT_DISABLE only polling mode e act is the type of transaction I2C_MASTER_RCV or 2C_MASTER_XMIT e i2c_addr is the I2C address of the slave device e data_addr is the address of the data on the slave device e len is the length in bytes of the data e buffer is a pointer to the buffer that contains the data xmit mode or receives the data rcv mode e stop controls sending an I2C STOP signal after completion currently use I2C_STOP only e retry is the timeout retry value currently ignored e rsta controls 12C restart currently use I2C_NO_RESTART only e Return I2C_Status return value is either I2C_SUCCESS or I2C_ERROR Description Act as the I2C master to transmit or receive a buffer of data to or from an I2C slave device At the time of Revision 13 2 this function only implements a simple master transmit or a master receive transaction It does not yet support the application retaining I2C bus ownership between transactions operating in interrupt mode or acting as an I2C slave device DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 31 MPC8240 Drivers E 3 2 3 2 API Example Usage The ROM monitor program DINK
263. tion is active e Does not support simultaneous close e Does not support certain cache tests which may cause unexpected snoop behavior on Ethernet DMA engine DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 G 2 Freescale Semiconductor Appendix H Converting Dink32 to Little Endian H 1 General Information This information is based on a little endian version of DINK V7 0 10 8 97 called DINKLE The makefile is included in this appendix the other files from this version are not required to understand this appendix but can be requested from risc10Ofreescale com Following the instructions below and having access to this DINKLE version can facilitate the conversion of any version of DINK32 to a little endian version H 2 Preparation The reset vector EH100S at 0x00000100 and Oxfff00100 is extracted from except2 s and copied to a new file called reset s The system_reset code which includes the copy DINK32 from ROM to RAM is extracted from except2 s and copied to a new file called reset1 s Finally the rest of except2 s is copied to a new file called except2l s This is necessary as described later because the reset vector and reset code must run in big endian and the rest of the code must run in little endian Thus the two files reset s and resetl s are compiled as big endian and the rest are compiled as little endian The linker will then link these mixed mode files into a single executable These two Assembly language files need to be compile
264. tm on page 3 11 breakpoint Section 3 9 Breakpoint on page 3 12 cache Section 3 10 Cache on page 3 14 config temp Section 3 11 CONFIGTEMP on page 3 15 cpuinfo Section 3 12 CPUINFO on page 3 17 crc Section 3 13 CRC on page 3 18 device display Section 3 14 DEVDISP on page 3 18 device modify Section 3 15 DEVMOD on page 3 19 device test Section 3 16 DEVTEST on page 3 21 disassemble Section 3 17 DISASSEM on page 3 21 disk Section 3 18 Disk on page 3 23 display temp Section 3 19 DISPTEMP on page 3 24 do Section 3 20 Do on page 3 25 download Section 3 21 Download on page 3 25 downloadflash Section 3 22 DownloadFlash on page 3 27 echo Section 3 23 Echo on page 3 28 environment Section 3 24 Environment on page 3 28 ethernet Section 3 25 ETH on page 3 37 expr Section 3 26 EX on page 3 38 filesys Section 3 27 FILESYS on page 3 40 final setup Section 3 28 Final Assembly Init on page 3 41 flash Section 3 29 Flash on page 3 41 flash update Section 3 31 FUPDATE on page 3 43 flash write Section 3 32 FW on page 3 46 for Section 3 30 FOR on page 3 42 go Section 3 33 Go on page 3 46 gpic Section 3 34 GPIC on page 3 48 help Section 3 35 Help on page 3 51 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor Table 3 1 DINK Command List
265. to Sandpoint facing different environments while the identity EEPROM moves with the card The standalone environment variables are only used by MPMC8245 cards configured for stand alone operation Refer to the corresponding application note for details Arguments i Causes DINK to initialize the identity EEPROM with values supplied by the user as well as the current date and time see rtc If no argument is supplied the current settings as shown Examples DINK32 MPC7450 gt gt id i Serial No V743 Revision A L2Init 0x8000000 L3Init 0x9F032000 SA Bus Speed writing I2C 99 DINK32 MPC7450 gt gt 3 40 If Command if Abbreviation if Syntax if test Y command command Builds All Boards All Processors All The if command executes a DINK command if the specified expression is non zero Arguments none Examples DINK32 MPC7448 17 gt gt ex i l if i gt 0 echo i md 0 100 1 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 eee eee eee eee 00000010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 a a eee eee eee eee 00000020 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 a eee eee eee eee 00000030 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 a a eee eee eee eee 00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 a eee eee eee eee 00000050 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 a eee eee eee eee DINK32 Reference Manua
266. turn status to determine if there were any errors and if the transaction has completed I2CStatus I2C_Timer_Event unsigned int eumbbar I2CStatus handler unsigned int e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e handler is a pointer to the function to call to handle any existing status event e Returns I2CNOEVENT if there is no completed event the I2CSR MIF bit is not set results from call to the handler function if there was a pending event completed Description In polling mode I2C_Timer_Event can be called to check the I2C status and call the given or the default I2C_ISR handler function if the I2CSR MIF bit is set I2CStatus I2C_Start unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char slave_addr I2C_MODE mode unsigned int is_cnt e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e slave_addr is the I2C address of the receiver e mode XMIT 1 put write e RCV 0 get read e is_cnt 1 this is a restart don t check MBB e Q this is a not restart check MBB e Returns any defined status indicator Description Generate a START signal in the desired mode Caller is the master The slave_addr is written to bits 7 1 of the IZ2CDR and bit 0 of the I2CDR is set to O for mode XMIT or 1 for mode RCV A DLI global variable MasterRcvAddress is set if mode RCV used by I2C_ISR function I2CStatus I2C_Stop unsigned int eumbbar e eumbbar is the address of the embed
267. uilds DINK Boards All Processors All The stty command is used to control the behavior of the DINK IO library Arguments sane Reset all parameters to defaults da Activate the selected feature Es De activate the selected feature name An IOCTL parameter one of the following INLCR If set converts newlines to carriage returns on input ICRNL If set converts to carriage returns to newlines on input IGNCR If set ignores carriage returns on input IGNNL If set ignores newlines on input TECHO If set echoes input characters IUCLC If set converts lower case input characters to upper case ILCUC If set converts lower case input characters to upper case ISTRIP If set clears MSB bit 7 on input characters ONLCR If set converts newlines to carriage returns on input OCRNL If set converts to carriage returns to newlines on output ONLRET If set on writing a newline also writes a carriage return OUCLC If set converts lower case output characters to upper case OLCUC If set converts lower case input characters to upper case OSTRIP If set clears MSB bit 7 on output characters If or is not used the indicated name is reported If no arguments at all are supplied all settings are reported Examples VDINK32 MPC7455 1 gt gt stty INLCR 0 ICRNL 0 IGNCR 0 IGNNL 0 IECHO 0 IUCLC 0 ILCUC 0 ISTRIP 0 ONLCR 1 OCRNL 0 ONLRET 0 OUCLC 0 OLCUC 0 OSTRIP 0 vdink32 mpc7455 3 gt gt stty ouclc vdink3
268. unctions Written but Not Used and Not Tested ooooncccnnccnnoconoccnoccnonanonononnno E 22 PC Support Functions sisi a a asia Cae a E 23 MPC8240 150 Doorbell DI ista E 23 LO Description of Doorbell Communication Between Agent and Host E 23 System Startup and Memory Map Initializati0N ooooonnnonnnnonoccnancnonancnoncnoncnnnccnnnoo E 24 Interrupt Service Routines 1 0_ISR_host and I 0_ISR_agent E 25 Enable Doorbell Interrupts siii pets irse aia aia E 25 Writing and Reading Doorbell RegisterS ooooonoccnnnnnnonnnocnnonncnoncconnnnnncnnn non ncnoncnnnos E 26 Host Rings an Agent via Agent s Inbound Doorbell ooooooccnnnccnnccnonaninncnoncnanoos E 26 Agent Rings a Host via Agent s Outbound Doorbell oooonnocononaniononocccannninnns E 26 Descriptions of the I O Library Functions cooocnnocononinnnnonannninnanancnnananonaninnananano E 28 PC Driver Library Dd pa e cede ld cas E 29 A sebanedeasnectuaseecsaceesasveensncosasess ARETAS N AERES E 29 Over Vie A A E ES E 30 DC Application Program Interface API 2 csscsecceseecorteccenseccenseneenteeenseee E 30 APL F nctions Description it a E 30 APL Example Us rr dis E 32 I2C Driver Library Internals DED occipital anaes E 33 Common Data Structures and Values ooooonncinicnnnnnnnonnonnnccnnnnconnnnnconnnccnnnnconnnns E 34 DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor ix Paragraph Number E 3 2 4 2 E 3 2 4 3 E 4 E 4 1
269. unit The ISRs implemented at present just check for doorbell activity If a doorbell event occurred the ISR prints out a simple message including the doorbell register content and the doorbell register is cleared Otherwise the ISR prints a message that it was unable to determine the cause of the interrupt The L 0_ISR_agent function checks the inbound message interrupt status register IMISR to determine the cause of the message unit interrupt The message unit interrupt can occur because of doorbell message register or message queue activity The ISR will distinguish and handle the interrupt accordingly but at first stage implementation only doorbell interrupts will be handled The I 0 library function I OInMsgStatGet is used to read the IMISR It returns the content of the IMISR after applying the mask value in the inbound message interrupt mask register IMIMR and clears the status register The I O library function I ODBGet is used to read the IDBR It returns the content and clears the register Similarly the LO_ISR_host function checks the agent s outbound message interrupt status register OMISR to determine if the cause of the interrupt was due to the agent s outbound doorbell It is important to note that the 1 0_ISR_host must be expanded to check for any kind of expected interrupt from the agent not just message unit interrupts The I O library function I OOutMsgStatGet is used to read the OMISR It returns the content of the O
270. upport for Excimer and Maximer flash fl dsi and se will automatically detect flash on Revision 2 Revision 3 of the board the fl dsi function has been expanded to display the memory range for each sector Support for Excimer and Maximer flash fl sp and su Support for the Max chip and AltiVec registers and instructions Support for the MPC8245 MPC8241 MPC8240 chips Support for the MPC107 memory bridge DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor Introduction e Support for dynamically assigned DINK function addresses and variables for downloaded programs See Appendix D User Callable DINK Functions e Support for Yellowknife and Sandpoint flash ROMs fu command e Support for multiprocessing MVP platform e Support for remote access via TELNET protocol e Support for network download via TFTP 1 2 What s New for DINK Since V13 0 e Support for the MPC7447 MPC7457 MPC7448 MPC8641D MPC854x and MPC855x processors e Enhancements to numerous commands including download and env e Support of eDINK enhanced e New and better assembler and disassembler integrated e Support for Automatic Thermal Monitoring System ATMS See Appendix A History of DINK32 Changes for more details 1 3 DINK32 Design Methodology The modular design of the DINK32 program its extensive commenting and its design methodology enable efficient user modification of the code Thus DINK32 provides a flexible and pow
271. urce address of the data to transfer e dest is the destination address the target of the transfer e len is the length in bytes of the data e channel is the DMA channel to use for the transfer use defined constants as follows MPC8240 MPC8245 and MPC8241 have two channels zero and one DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor E 3 MPC8240 Drivers DMA _CHN_1 DMA_CHN_0 e snoop controls processor snooping of the DMA channel buffer use defined constants a follows DMA_SNOOP_DISABLE DMA_SNOOP_ENABLE e Return DMA_ Status return value is either DMA SUCCESS or DMA_ERROR Description Initiate the DMA transfer This function does not implement any validation of the transfer It does check the status of the DMA channel to determine if it is okay to initiate a transfer but the application must handle verification and error conditions via the interrupt mechanisms E 1 4 API Example Usage The ROM monitor program DINK32 at the time of Revision 13 2 uses the DMA API to initiate a direct data transfer in local memory only The DINK32 program runs interactively to allow the user to transfer a block of data in local memory DINK32 obtains information from the user as follows interrupt steering transfer type source address of the data destination target address length of the data to transfer DMA channel and snoop control Note that the initialization call to configure the
272. used The environment will be lost if the command env s is not issued to write the environment to flash DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 28 Freescale Semiconductor Arguments DINK32 Commands If one argument is given the environment variable named is displayed defined or deleted depending on the presence of the d option and or the name 669 character in the name Display the value of name if any name val Set environment variable name to the value val Quotes are often required for C d name S variable definitions if special characters will be needed Initialize and erase all environment variables Erases the named environment variable Write the Excimer Maximer environment variables in SRAM to the only non volatile storage available flash This command is for Excimer Maximer only The environment is automatically preset from flash if present no command is needed If no argument is given all current settings are displayed Table 3 3 lists the special environment names known to DINK and their interpretations Table 3 3 Environment Names Environment When Used Definition Typical Values Name AUTO Startup Command to be executed when DINK starts up AUTO vmem vm BOOT Startup Hex value specifies boot address otherwise bootm command BOOT 0xFF000000 15 foo see below BOOT LINUX CL Startup Memory initia
273. ving If no STOP signal is generated the master can generate a START signal to another slave address NOTE The function does not actually perform the data buffer receive it just sets up the DLI global variables to control the transaction and calls I2C_Start to send the slave address out on the I2C bus in receive mode The application must check the return status to find out if the bus was obtained then enter a loop of calling I2C_Timer_Event to poll the I2C handler to actually perform the transaction one byte at a time while checking the return status to determine if there were any errors and if the transaction has completed T2CStatus I2C_Timer_Event unsigned int eumbbar I2CStatus handler unsigned int e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e handler is a pointer to the function to call to handle any existing status event e Returns 2CNOEVENT if there is no completed event the I2CSR MIF bit is not set results from call to the handler function if there was a pending event completed Description In polling mode I2C_Timer_Event can be called to check the I2C status and call the given or the default I2C_ISR handler function if the I2CSR MIF bit is set I2CStatus I2C_Start unsigned int eumbbar unsigned char slave_addr I2C_MODE mode unsigned int is_cnt e eumbbar is the address of the embedded utilities memory block e slave_addr is the I2C address of the receiver e mode XMIT 1
274. w e Reboot the Excimer board MDINK32_603e gt gt sb k 57600 MDINK32_603e gt gt dl fl o c00000 MDINK32_603e gt gt Information on S Records can be found in this reference manual DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 Freescale Semiconductor 3 27 DINK32 Commands 3 23 Echo Command echo Abbreviation ec Syntax echo args Builds All Boards All Processors All The echo command simply prints all arguments on the terminal It is used for scripts and printing the value of environment variables Arguments arg prints arg Examples DINK32 MPC7450 gt gt echo hello world hello world 3 24 Environment Command env Abbreviation env Syntax env c d s var value Builds All Boards Excimer MVP Sandpoint Yellowknife Processors All The env command manages the environment variables which is simply a list of names and corresponding definitions DINK uses environment variables for the following purposes e System initialization e Mode selections e Command aliases Environment variables are stored in non volatile memory the location and type of memory used varies with each system but is typically battery backed SRAM or flash e For YK SP NVRAM is used and preserved and 4K bytes are available e For MVP NVRAM is used and preserved and 256 bytes are available e For Excimer and Maximer the uppermost 1K of SRAM is
275. y emory Compare odify Memory emory Info emory Search enu of commands orthBridge Modify Mnemonic Han A DINK32 Reference Manual Rev 13 3 3 64 Freescale Semiconductor Register Display Real time clock Show SPRs Transparent Mode Virtual Host File Virtual Quit Unix shell Note that lists of valid commands vary by platform RD RTC SX TM VHE VQ Register Modify RM Set baud rate SB Symbol Table ST Trace code TR Virtual Memory VM Virtual Simulator VS Repeat Last Command processor 3 51 Northbridge Display DINK32 Commands and target Command northbridge display Abbreviation nd Syntax nd vebhw nb_reg nb_reg field_name Builds DINK Boards All Processors All The ND command is used to display the contents of registers in the Northbridge NB device a general term for a CPU to PCI interface Arguments nbreg field Examples DINK32 MPC8245 Status Dump all target registers Display using fields Display using verbose bit expansion format Used when verbose mode is overridden by ENV RDOPT Displays Northbridge NB registers as a byte Displays NB registers as a halfword Displays NB registers as a word Name or PCI index of register to display If appended to register name limits display to the following register field name 7 gt gt nd stat STAT Ox00A0 0000000010100000 Rev

DINK32 Reference Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents